-
81 caso objetivo
(n.) = objective caseEx. A reader or a listener, the descriptive grammarians would argue, would not assume, despite the singular verb and the objective case pronouns, that Mary was the subject, rather than the object, of the sentence.* * *(n.) = objective caseEx: A reader or a listener, the descriptive grammarians would argue, would not assume, despite the singular verb and the objective case pronouns, that Mary was the subject, rather than the object, of the sentence.
-
82 reunir
v.1 to bring together.Ellos reunieron a muchos amigos They brought together many friends.2 to collect, to bring together.reunió una gran fortuna he amassed a large fortune3 to meet, to fulfill (requisitos, condiciones).el plan reúne todas las condiciones para ser aceptado the plan meets o fulfills all the criteria for acceptanceno reúne los requisitos necesarios para el puesto he doesn't meet the requirements for the post4 to put back together.5 to gather, to scrape together, to collect, to muster.Ellos reunieron dinero They gathered money.6 to assemble.Ellos reunieron a los miembros They assembled the members.7 to merge, to incorporate.Ellos reunieron a las empresas They merged the companies.8 to have, to muster, to meet.Ella reunía buenas cualidades She mustered good qualities.* * *(stressed ú in certain persons of certain tenses)Present IndicativePresent SubjunctiveImperative* * *verb1) to gather, collect2) raise3) join4) unite5) have•- reunirse* * *1. VT1) (=juntar) to join, join together2) (=recolectar) [+ cosas dispersas] to gather, gather together, get together; [+ datos] to collect, gather; [+ recursos] to pool; [+ colección] to assemble, make; [+ dinero] to collect; [+ fondos] to raisela producción de los demás países reunidos no alcanzará al nuestro — the production of the other countries put together will not come up to ours
3) [+ personas] to bring together, get together4) [+ cualidades] to combine; [+ condiciones] to have, possess2.See:* * *1.verbo transitivo1) <cualidades/características> to have; < requisitos> to satisfy, meet2) < datos> to gather; <dinero/fondos> to raise; < información> to gather together, collectreunir pruebas — to gather o assemble evidence
3) < personas>2.reunirse v pron consejo/junta to meet; amigos/parientes to get togetherse va a reunir con los representantes — she's going to have a meeting with o meet the representatives
* * *= assemble, bring together, compile, gather, pull together, put together, round up, unite, encapsulate, muster, bundle, gather together, pool, reunite [re-unite], band, draw together.Ex. In this case all the works of a given author will be assembled on the shelf under his/her name as well, so it is not really in conflict and I think there is a misinterpretation.Ex. For example, Recreation, previously dispersed over several main classes, is now brought together as a new main class, and Space Science has been added between Astronomy and the Earth Sciences.Ex. This system could be used by the booktrade for compiling second-hand book lists.Ex. A bibliography is a list of materials or items which is restricted in its coverage by some feature other than the materials being gathered in one library collection.Ex. This library decided to launch an attack on illiteracy by pulling together a variety of approaches to learning to read.Ex. The way in which this scheme is put together in book form often causes some confusion at first.Ex. That is, you can round up terminals if you have to very rapidly.Ex. It has become increasingly difficult to unite both categories in one union and demands for a trade union of library employees have been raised.Ex. The fundamental OOP technique is to encapsulate data with the operations/code that operate on that data into a single entity which is called an object.Ex. Obviously, the task will strain all the resources of mind and character that the nation can muster.Ex. CD-ROM products that combine, or bundle, related information services will be at the forefront because of their usefulness to end-users.Ex. If we wanted to gather everything on particular plants together under the general heading 'Horticulture,' we might change the above example to 635.9(582.675)65 to make the main facet the individual plant (in this case anemones), with environment (indoor...) a secondary feature.Ex. The results of two studies of the way reference librarians work were pooled to provide an understanding of the important features necessary in software for computerized reference work.Ex. Divided collections are being reunited and bodies of material considered lost after World War 2 are resurfacing in Eastern Europe as well as in Germany.Ex. The author advises banding retention policies to focus on a few clear options.Ex. The application of the classification schemes, once constructed, involves synthesis, or the drawing together of the single concepts which are listed in the scheme from their different facets, in order to specify compound subjects.----* que reúne las condiciones = qualified.* reunir dinero = raise + money.* reunir el dinero = muster (up) + the cash, come up with + the money.* reunir el efectivo = muster (up) + the cash.* reunir información = pool + information.* reunir las condiciones = fit + the bill.* reunir las condiciones para = qualify for.* reunir material = gather + material.* reunirse = get together, meet, convene, meet up, caucus.* reunirse de nuevo = reconvene.* reunir una serie de condiciones = meet + set of conditions.* volver a reunir = reassemble [re-assemble].* volverse a reunir = reconvene.* * *1.verbo transitivo1) <cualidades/características> to have; < requisitos> to satisfy, meet2) < datos> to gather; <dinero/fondos> to raise; < información> to gather together, collectreunir pruebas — to gather o assemble evidence
3) < personas>2.reunirse v pron consejo/junta to meet; amigos/parientes to get togetherse va a reunir con los representantes — she's going to have a meeting with o meet the representatives
* * *= assemble, bring together, compile, gather, pull together, put together, round up, unite, encapsulate, muster, bundle, gather together, pool, reunite [re-unite], band, draw together.Ex: In this case all the works of a given author will be assembled on the shelf under his/her name as well, so it is not really in conflict and I think there is a misinterpretation.
Ex: For example, Recreation, previously dispersed over several main classes, is now brought together as a new main class, and Space Science has been added between Astronomy and the Earth Sciences.Ex: This system could be used by the booktrade for compiling second-hand book lists.Ex: A bibliography is a list of materials or items which is restricted in its coverage by some feature other than the materials being gathered in one library collection.Ex: This library decided to launch an attack on illiteracy by pulling together a variety of approaches to learning to read.Ex: The way in which this scheme is put together in book form often causes some confusion at first.Ex: That is, you can round up terminals if you have to very rapidly.Ex: It has become increasingly difficult to unite both categories in one union and demands for a trade union of library employees have been raised.Ex: The fundamental OOP technique is to encapsulate data with the operations/code that operate on that data into a single entity which is called an object.Ex: Obviously, the task will strain all the resources of mind and character that the nation can muster.Ex: CD-ROM products that combine, or bundle, related information services will be at the forefront because of their usefulness to end-users.Ex: If we wanted to gather everything on particular plants together under the general heading 'Horticulture,' we might change the above example to 635.9(582.675)65 to make the main facet the individual plant (in this case anemones), with environment (indoor...) a secondary feature.Ex: The results of two studies of the way reference librarians work were pooled to provide an understanding of the important features necessary in software for computerized reference work.Ex: Divided collections are being reunited and bodies of material considered lost after World War 2 are resurfacing in Eastern Europe as well as in Germany.Ex: The author advises banding retention policies to focus on a few clear options.Ex: The application of the classification schemes, once constructed, involves synthesis, or the drawing together of the single concepts which are listed in the scheme from their different facets, in order to specify compound subjects.* que reúne las condiciones = qualified.* reunir dinero = raise + money.* reunir el dinero = muster (up) + the cash, come up with + the money.* reunir el efectivo = muster (up) + the cash.* reunir información = pool + information.* reunir las condiciones = fit + the bill.* reunir las condiciones para = qualify for.* reunir material = gather + material.* reunirse = get together, meet, convene, meet up, caucus.* reunirse de nuevo = reconvene.* reunir una serie de condiciones = meet + set of conditions.* volver a reunir = reassemble [re-assemble].* volverse a reunir = reconvene.* * *vtA (tener) ‹cualidades/características› to havelos aspirantes deberán reunir los siguientes requisitos … candidates must satisfy o meet the following requirements …reúne todas las condiciones necesarias para el cargo he fulfills all the requirements for the positionB (recoger, recolectar) ‹datos› to gather; ‹dinero/fondos› to raiseha logrado reunir una colección excepcional de sellos she has managed to build up an impressive stamp collectionel volumen reúne varios artículos publicados recientemente por el autor the volume brings together o is a collection of several recently published articles by the authorprimero hay que reunir la información necesaria the first step is to gather together o collect o assemble all the necessary informationreunir pruebas contra algn to gather o assemble evidence against sbC ‹personas›reunió a toda la familia en su casa she got all the family together at her housereunió a los jefes de sección he called a meeting of the heads of department, he called the heads of department togetherlos reunió y les leyó el telegrama he called them together and read them the telegram■ reunirse«consejo/junta» to meet; «amigos/parientes» to get togetherhace años que no se reúne toda la familia it's years since the whole family got togetherse reunieron tras 20 años sin verse they met up again o got together again after 20 yearsreunirse CON algn:me reuní con él en Chicago I met up with him in Chicagose va a reunir con los representantes de la compañía en Alemania she's going to meet o have a meeting with o ( esp AmE) meet with the company's representatives in Germany* * *
reunir ( conjugate reunir) verbo transitivo
1 ‹cualidades/características› to have;
‹ requisitos› to satisfy, meet;
‹ condiciones› to fulfill, satisfy
2 ‹ datos› to gather;
‹dinero/fondos› to raise;
‹ información› to gather together, collect
3 ‹amigos/familia› to get … together;
reunirse verbo pronominal [consejo/junta] to meet;
[amigos/parientes] to get together;
reunirse con algn ( encontrarse) to meet up with sb;
( tener una reunión) to have a meeting with sb, meet with sb (AmE)
reunir verbo transitivo
1 (juntar) to collect: si reúnes tres vales, te dan uno de regalo, if you collect three vouchers, they'll give you another one free
(dinero) to raise
(información) to gather
(valor, fuerza) to muster (up)
2 (congregar) to gather together: nos reunieron en una pequeña sala, they brought us together in a small room
3 (cualidades, características) to have, possess
(requisitos) to fulfil
' reunir' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
aunar
- juntar
- satisfacer
- agrupar
- requisito
- reunido
English:
assemble
- bill
- gather
- gather together
- get together
- muster
- pool
- put together
- raise
- rake together
- rally
- reassemble
- reunite
- round up
- scrape together
- scrape up
- summon up
- accumulate
- collect
- compile
- get
- marshal
- meet
- put
- qualified
- summon
* * *♦ vt1. [juntar] [personas] to bring together;la fiesta de homenaje reunió a todos los amigos del artista the party in his honour brought all the artist's friends together2. [objetos, información] to collect, to bring together;[fondos] to raise;reunió una gran fortuna he amassed a large fortune3. [tener] [requisitos, condiciones] to meet, to fulfil;[cualidades] to possess, to combine;el plan reúne todas las condiciones para ser aceptado the plan meets o fulfils all the criteria for acceptance;no reúne los requisitos necesarios para el puesto she doesn't meet the requirements for the post4. [volver a unir] to put back together* * *v/t1 personas bring together;estar reunido be in a meeting2 requisitos meet, fulfill, Brfulfil3 datos gather (together)* * *reunir {68} vt1) : to unite, to join, to bring together2) : to have, to possessreunieron los requisitos necesarios: they fulfilled the necessary requirements3) : to gather, to collect, to raise (funds)* * *reunir vb1. (juntar personas) to get together / to call togetheresta exposición reúne 140 obras del artista this exhibition brings together 140 of the artist's works3. (dinero) to raise¿cuánto dinero hemos reunido? how much money have we raised? -
83 ejemplo
m.1 example.es el vivo ejemplo del optimismo he's optimism personifieddar ejemplo to set an exampleno des mal ejemplo a los niños don't set the children a bad examplepor ejemplo for exampleponer un ejemplo to give an exampleponer de ejemplo to give as an examplepredicar con el ejemplo to practice what one preachesservir de ejemplo to serve as an example2 object lesson.pres.indicat.1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: ejemplar.* * *1 example2 (modelo) model\dar ejemplo to set an exampleponer de ejemplo to give as an examplepor ejemplo for example, for instanceservir de ejemplo to serve as an exampletomar ejemplo de alguien to follow somebody's example* * *noun m.* * *SM1) (=paradigma) example¿puedes ponerme o darme un ejemplo? — can you give me an example?
por ejemplo — for example, for instance
poner como o de o por ejemplo — to give as an example
2) (=modelo) exampleservir de o como ejemplo — to serve as an example
* * *masculino exampledebería servirnos de or como ejemplo — it should serve as o should be an example to us
predicar con el ejemplo — to set a good example, practice* what one preaches
* * *= case study, example, instance, instantiation, manifestation, case history, showcase, showplace, token, role model, beacon.Ex. It is now time to turn to a case study, and this section is devoted to one indexing system in rather more depth.Ex. Examples are given in order to illustrate the points made above.Ex. In these instances a reference is not only shorter than an added entry, but removes the need to make multiple added entries.Ex. The system can then build an actual record as an instantiation of the category frame.Ex. The concepts introduced by the colon: (colon) may be manifestations of either Personality, Matter or Energy facets within a given compound.Ex. The librarian should remember that the literature contains many case histories where failure can be directly traced to neglect of this principle.Ex. This journal serves as a vehicle for the continuing education of librarians, as a showcase for current practice and as a spotlight for significant activities.Ex. The article is entitled 'From shambles to showplace'.Ex. In this case the data is the number of types, not tokens.Ex. In either case, library managers should recognise their own part in being role models for reference staffs.Ex. The British Library has recently been described as a ' beacon of excellence'.----* a modo de ejemplo = by way of illustration.* citar como ejemplo = cite + as an example.* como ejemplo = as an example, by way of illustration.* como por ejemplo = such as, to the effect of.* con ejemplos = by example(s).* dar como ejemplo = cite + as an example.* dar ejemplo = set + an example, lead by + example.* dar ejemplo de = illustrate.* dar un ejemplo = give + example.* digamos por ejemplo = let us say, say.* ejemplo a imitar = role model.* ejemplo clásico = classical example.* ejemplo excelente = shining example.* ejemplo magnífico = shining example.* ejemplo más representativo = flagship.* ejemplo modélico = shining example.* ejemplo perfecto = perfect example.* ejemplos = exemplification.* ejemplos modelo = best practices, lessons learned [lessons learnt].* ejemplo sobresaliente = showpiece.* ejemplo típico = epitome, classical example, typical example.* ejemplo viviente = living example.* ilustrar con ejemplos = illustrate + by examples.* información a modo de ejemplo = sample data.* liderar con el ejemplo = lead by + example.* mostrar ejemplos = highlight + examples.* ofrecer un ejemplo = afford + example.* poner como ejemplo = instance, cite + as an example, showcase.* poner un ejemplo = take + an example, draw + example.* pongamos, por ejemplo,... = let us say, take, for example,..., take, for instance,....* por ejemplo = e.g. (latín - exempli gratia), for example, for instance, say, to illustrate, for the sake of + argument.* por poner un ejemplo + Adjetivo = to take a + Adjetivo + example.* por poner un ejemplo sobre + Nombre = to take + Nombre.* predicar con el ejemplo = practise what + Pronombre + preach, walk + the talk, put + Posesivo + money where + Posesivo + mouth is.* seguir el ejemplo = follow + the lead, take after.* seguir el ejemplo de = take + Posesivo + cue from, take + a cue from.* seguir el ejemplo de Alguien = take + a leaf out of + Posesivo + book, follow + Posesivo + example.* ser un ejemplo = be a case in point.* tomar como ejemplo = take.* tomar ejemplo de = take + a lead from.* un ejemplo claro = a case in point.* véase como ejemplo = witness.* * *masculino exampledebería servirnos de or como ejemplo — it should serve as o should be an example to us
predicar con el ejemplo — to set a good example, practice* what one preaches
* * *= case study, example, instance, instantiation, manifestation, case history, showcase, showplace, token, role model, beacon.Ex: It is now time to turn to a case study, and this section is devoted to one indexing system in rather more depth.
Ex: Examples are given in order to illustrate the points made above.Ex: In these instances a reference is not only shorter than an added entry, but removes the need to make multiple added entries.Ex: The system can then build an actual record as an instantiation of the category frame.Ex: The concepts introduced by the colon: (colon) may be manifestations of either Personality, Matter or Energy facets within a given compound.Ex: The librarian should remember that the literature contains many case histories where failure can be directly traced to neglect of this principle.Ex: This journal serves as a vehicle for the continuing education of librarians, as a showcase for current practice and as a spotlight for significant activities.Ex: The article is entitled 'From shambles to showplace'.Ex: In this case the data is the number of types, not tokens.Ex: In either case, library managers should recognise their own part in being role models for reference staffs.Ex: The British Library has recently been described as a ' beacon of excellence'.* a modo de ejemplo = by way of illustration.* citar como ejemplo = cite + as an example.* como ejemplo = as an example, by way of illustration.* como por ejemplo = such as, to the effect of.* con ejemplos = by example(s).* dar como ejemplo = cite + as an example.* dar ejemplo = set + an example, lead by + example.* dar ejemplo de = illustrate.* dar un ejemplo = give + example.* digamos por ejemplo = let us say, say.* ejemplo a imitar = role model.* ejemplo clásico = classical example.* ejemplo excelente = shining example.* ejemplo magnífico = shining example.* ejemplo más representativo = flagship.* ejemplo modélico = shining example.* ejemplo perfecto = perfect example.* ejemplos = exemplification.* ejemplos modelo = best practices, lessons learned [lessons learnt].* ejemplo sobresaliente = showpiece.* ejemplo típico = epitome, classical example, typical example.* ejemplo viviente = living example.* ilustrar con ejemplos = illustrate + by examples.* información a modo de ejemplo = sample data.* liderar con el ejemplo = lead by + example.* mostrar ejemplos = highlight + examples.* ofrecer un ejemplo = afford + example.* poner como ejemplo = instance, cite + as an example, showcase.* poner un ejemplo = take + an example, draw + example.* pongamos, por ejemplo,... = let us say, take, for example,..., take, for instance,....* por ejemplo = e.g. (latín - exempli gratia), for example, for instance, say, to illustrate, for the sake of + argument.* por poner un ejemplo + Adjetivo = to take a + Adjetivo + example.* por poner un ejemplo sobre + Nombre = to take + Nombre.* predicar con el ejemplo = practise what + Pronombre + preach, walk + the talk, put + Posesivo + money where + Posesivo + mouth is.* seguir el ejemplo = follow + the lead, take after.* seguir el ejemplo de = take + Posesivo + cue from, take + a cue from.* seguir el ejemplo de Alguien = take + a leaf out of + Posesivo + book, follow + Posesivo + example.* ser un ejemplo = be a case in point.* tomar como ejemplo = take.* tomar ejemplo de = take + a lead from.* un ejemplo claro = a case in point.* véase como ejemplo = witness.* * *1 (modelo de conducta) examplesu valor debería servirnos de or como ejemplo his bravery should serve as o should be an example to usdebes tomar a tu padre como ejemplo you should follow your father's exampletienes que dar (el) ejemplo you have to set an examplepredicar con el ejemplo to set a good example, practice what one preaches2 (caso ilustrativo) example¿me puedes dar algún ejemplo? can you give me an example?otro ejemplo de su falta de principios another example of his lack of principlespongamos por ejemplo el caso de Elena let's take Elena's case as an example3por ejemplo for examplesupongamos, por ejemplo, que te quedas sin dinero let's suppose, for example, that you run out of moneyhas cometido muchos errores — ¿por ejemplo? you've made a lot of mistakes — give me an example* * *
ejemplo sustantivo masculino
example;
pongamos por ejemplo el caso de Elena let's take Elena's case as an example;
por ejemplo for example
ejemplo sustantivo masculino example: su madre es un ejemplo de honradez, his mother is a model of decency ♦ LOC dar ejemplo, to set an example: no das un buen ejemplo gritando a los niños, you're not setting a good example by shouting at the children
por ejemplo, for example: visitaron grandes ciudades, por ejemplo El Cairo, they visited great cities like El Cairo
' ejemplo' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
actual
- ahorcarse
- aleccionador
- aleccionadora
- ciudad
- clásica
- clásico
- edificar
- ej.
- ilustración
- misma
- mismo
- perdón
- representar
- sobrexplotación
- concreto
- demostrativo
- Ej.
- p. ej.
- poner
- por
- rebuscado
English:
ablaze
- actual
- chaser
- e.g.
- engine driver
- example
- grope
- illustration
- instance
- lead
- model
- money
- picture
- prime
- set
- specific
- take
- suit
- type
* * *♦ nm1. [caso ilustrativo] example;un ejemplo más de mala gestión empresarial another example of bad business management;déjenme que les dé un ejemplo allow me to give you an example;poner un ejemplo to give an example;póngame un ejemplo give me an examplees el vivo ejemplo del optimismo he's optimism personified;dar ejemplo to set an example;no des mal ejemplo a los niños don't set the children a bad example;poner a alguien de ejemplo to give sb as an example;servir de ejemplo (a alguien) to be an example (to sb);toma ejemplo de tu hermano follow your brother's example♦ por ejemplo loc adv1. [para ilustrar] for example, for instance;grandes ciudades, por ejemplo Nueva York o Londres big cities, for example New York or London2. [en respuestas]Irónicoeste trabajo tiene sus ventajas – ¿por ejemplo? this job has its advantages – such as?;podría prestarme el dinero un amigo, ¿no? – ¡por ejemplo! I could get a friend to lend me the money, don't you think? – dream on!* * *m example;dar buen ejemplo set a good example;por ejemplo for example;poner por ejemplo quote as an example;tomar ejemplo de alguien follow s.o.’s example;predicar con el ejemplo practice what one preaches* * *ejemplo nm1) : example2)por ejemplo : for example3)dar ejemplo : to set an example* * *ejemplo n example -
84 make out
1) (to see, hear or understand: He could make out a ship in the distance.) distinguir, divisar2) (to make it seem that: He made out that he was earning a huge amount of money.) pretender3) (to write or fill in: The doctor made out a prescription.) hacer4) ((slang) to kiss, hug and caress; to neck: They were making out in the back seat.) darse el lote, pegarse el lotemake out vb entendermake out vt1) write: hacer (un cheque)2) discern: distinguir, divisar3) understand: comprender, entendermake out vi: arreglárselashow did you make out?: ¿qué tal te fue?1) v + o + adv, v + adv + oa) ( discern) \<\<object/outline\>\> distinguir*; ( from a distance) divisar; \<\<sound\>\> distinguir*b) ( figure out) (colloq) entender*, comprender2)a) ( write) \<\<list/invoice\>\> hacer*; \<\<receipt\>\> hacer*, extender* (frml)make the check out to P. Jones — haga el cheque pagadero a or a favor de P. Jones
b) ( put forward)to make out a case for/against something/somebody — presentar argumentos a favor/en contra de algo/alguien
3) v + adva) (do, fare) (colloq)how did you make out in the exam? — ¿qué tal te fue en el examen? (fam)
4) (claim, pretend)a) v + adv + oyou're not as ill as you make out — no estás tan enfermo como pretendes or como quieres hacer creer
b) v + o + adv1. VT + ADV1) (=write out) [+ cheque] hacer, extender; [+ receipt, list] hacer; [+ document] redactar; (=fill in) [+ form] llenarto make a cheque out to somebody — hacer or extender un cheque a favor de algn
2) (=see, discern) [+ distant object] distinguir, divisar3) (=decipher) [+ writing] descifrar4) (=understand) entender, comprenderI can't make her out at all — no la entiendo or comprendo en absoluto
can you make out what they're saying? — ¿entiendes lo que dicen?
5) (=claim, imply)all the time he made out he was working — estuvo todo el tiempo haciéndonos creer que estaba trabajando
2.how do you make out with your neighbours? — ¿cómo te llevas con tus vecinos?
how did you make out at the audition? — ¿qué tal te fue en la audición?
how are you making out on your pension? — ¿cómo te las arreglas con la pensión?
to make out with sb — (US) * (sexually) hacérselo con algn *
* * *1) v + o + adv, v + adv + oa) ( discern) \<\<object/outline\>\> distinguir*; ( from a distance) divisar; \<\<sound\>\> distinguir*b) ( figure out) (colloq) entender*, comprender2)a) ( write) \<\<list/invoice\>\> hacer*; \<\<receipt\>\> hacer*, extender* (frml)make the check out to P. Jones — haga el cheque pagadero a or a favor de P. Jones
b) ( put forward)to make out a case for/against something/somebody — presentar argumentos a favor/en contra de algo/alguien
3) v + adva) (do, fare) (colloq)how did you make out in the exam? — ¿qué tal te fue en el examen? (fam)
4) (claim, pretend)a) v + adv + oyou're not as ill as you make out — no estás tan enfermo como pretendes or como quieres hacer creer
b) v + o + adv -
85 ὑπό
ὑπό [pron. full] [ῠ], Prep. with gen., dat., and acc.: [dialect] Aeol. [full] ὐπά Alc.39; [dialect] Boeot. [full] ὑπάAἈρχ.Δελτ. 14
Pl. ii 19 (Thespiae, iii B.C.); [dialect] Ion. ηυπύ only in IG 14.871 (Cumae, v B.C.); Arc. [full] ὁπύ Schwyzer 664.15,21 (Orchom.Arc., iv B.C.); in [dialect] Ep. [full] ὑπαί (also B. 12.139): this is found in Hom. only six times as a well-attested reading (ὑ. πόδα Il.2.824
,ὑ. δέ 3.217
, 11.417, 12.149,ὑ. δείους 10.376
, 15.4); elsewh. (before λ ν ρ ϝ ) it is weakly attested as v. l. for ὑπὸ ([etym.] ?ὑπόX ¯ ), e.g. ποσσὶ δ' ὑπὸ (v.l. ὑπαὶ)λιπαροῖσι Il.2.44
, al.; but ὑπαὶ νεφέων is given by most codd. in Il.15.625, 16.375 (v. Allen ed. maj.), andὑπαὶ νεφέεσσι Anon.
ap. Plu.2.38e; also in compds.,ὑπαιδείδοικα h.Merc. 165
, ὑπαιφοινίσσω (q. v.); it is not freq. in Trag. Poets, A.Ag. 892, 944, 1164 (lyr.), Eu. 417, S.El. 711, 1418 (lyr.), Inach. in PTeb. 692 ii5 (lyr.), E.El. 1188 (lyr.), Ar. Ach. 970 (paratrag.). (With ὑπό ([etym.] ὕπο) cf. Skt. úpa 'towards, near to, etc.', Goth. uf 'under'.)A WITH GENITIVE,I of Place, with Verbs of motion, from under, αὖτις ἀναστήσονται ὑ. ζόφου they will rise again from under the gloom, Il.21.56;ὑ. χθονὸς ἧκε φόωσδε Hes.Th. 669
;ῥέει κρήνη ὑ. σπείους Od.9.141
, cf. Pl.Phdr. 230b;ὄσσε δεινὸν ὑ. βλεφάρων ἐξεφάανθεν Il.19.17
; ἐσιδόντες ὑπαὶ χειμῶνος αἴγλαν from under the storm-cloud, B.12.139; esp. of rescuing from under another's power, after the Verbs ἐρύεσθαι, ἁρπάζειν, ῥύεσθαι, ἐρύειν, Il.9.248, 13.198, 17.224, 235;ἤγαγεν ὑμέτερόνδ' ἀνδροκτασίης ὕ. λυγρῆς
from the consequences of,23.86
; also ἵππους μὲν λῦσαν ὑ. ζυγοῦ from under the yoke, 8.543, Od.4.39; ὑπ' ἀρνειοῦ λυόμην I loosed myself from under the ram, 9.463; σπλάγχνων ὕπο ματέρος μόλεν, i.e. was born, Pi.N.1.35, cf. O.6.43; rarely in Trag.,ὑ. πτερῶν σπάσας E.Andr. 441
;περᾷ γὰρ ἥδ' ὑ. σκηνῆς πόδα Id.Hec.53
; once in Hdt.,τὰς δέ οἱ ἵππους ὑ. τοῦ ἅρματος νεμομένας ἀφανισθῆναι 4.8
;αἴ τις ὑ. τῶν νομίων τῶν ἐπιϝοικων ἀνχωρέῃ SIG47.27
(Locris, v B.C.); cf. ὑπέκ.2 of the object under which a thing is or is placed, under, beneath, with collat. sense of motion, as μοχλὸν ὑ. σποδοῦ ἤλασα πολλῆς thrust it in under the embers, Od. 9.375;ὑ. στέρνοιο τυχήσας Il.4.106
;τοὺς μὲν ὑ. χθονὸς εὐρυοδείης πέμψαν Hes.Th. 717
: also without the sense of motion,ὑπ' ἀνθερεῶνος ὀχεὺς τέτατο Il.3.372
;βάθιστον ὑ. χθονός ἐστι βέρεθρον 8.14
;ἐτέθαπτο ὑ. χθονός Od.11.52
;κεκευθὼς πολεμίας ὑ. χθονός A.Th. 588
;ὑπ' ἀγκῶνος βέλη Pi.O.2.83
;νέρθεν ὑπ' ἐγκεφάλοιο Il.16.347
;τὰ ὑ. γῆς δικαιωτήρια Pl.Phdr. 249a
;δεξιὰν ὑφ' εἵματος κρύπτειν E.Hec. 342
; φέρειν ζώνης ὕπο ib. 762: Thom.Mag.p.375 R. says that ὑ. = under takes gen. in [dialect] Att., acc. in 'Hellenic' Greek; κατακρύψας ὑ. κόπρου, which is v.l. in Od.9.329 for ὑ. κόπρῳ, is called by Eust.1631.36 Ἀττικώτερον, ὁποῖον καὶ τὸ φέρειν τι ὑ. κόλπου ἢ ὑ. μάλης (v. κόλπος, μάλη); but in [dialect] Att. Prose, Hdt., and the Koine ὑ. c. gen. in signfs. 1.1, 2 is almost limited to these and a few other phrases, esp. ὑ. γῆς; it is not found at all in Th., LXX, Ptolemaic papyri, and NT; X. has ὑ. ἁμάξης ( = from under) An.6.4.22,25; the Orators have only ὑ. μάλης, Lys.Fr.54, D.29.12; ὑ. γῆς is found in Pl.Ap. 18b, Mx. 246d, R. 414d, al., Arist.Mete. 352b6, al., Hipparch.2.2.45, Plb.18.18.10 ([etym.] ὑ. τῆς γῆς), 21.28.3,10.b metaph., ἀρετῶσι δὲ λαοὶ ὑπ' αὐτοῦ under his rule, Od.19.114.II of Cause or Agency, freq. with pass. Verbs, and with intr. Verbs in pass. sense,μή πως τάχ' ὑπ' αὐτοῦ δουρὶ δαμήῃς Il.3.436
, cf. 4.479; ; εὖτ' ἂν πολλοὶ ὑφ' Ἕκτορος θνῂσκοντες πίπτωσι 1.242;τὸν.. τοκέα ὑ. τοῦ.. παιδὸς ἀποθνῄσκειν Hdt.1.137
; , cf. Th.7, al.;πέλεκυς.. ὅς τ' εἶσιν διὰ δουρὸς ὑπ' ἀνέρος Il.3.61
;ὑπ' Ἀχαιῶν.. φοβέοντο.. ἀπὸ νηῶν 16.303
; (anap.);ὑ. τοῦ Μήδου δεινότερα τούτων πάσχοντες Th.1.77
;ἐκπεσόντες ὑ. τοῦ πλήθους Id.4.66
;ἀναστάτων Καμαριναίων γενομένων ὑ. Συρακοσίων Id.6.5
;ὑφ' ὑμῶν αὐτῶν καὶ μὴ ὑ. τῶν πολεμίων τοῦτο παθεῖν Id.4.64
; κλύοντές ἐσμεν αἰσχίστους λόγους.. τοῦδ' ὑπ' ἀνδρὸς ἀρτίως we have been called shameful names by.., S.Aj. 1321; κακῶς ὑ. τῶν πολιτῶν ἀκούειν to be ill spoken of by.., Isoc.4.77, cf. Pl.Hp.Ma. 304e, X.An. 7.7.23; of a subordinate agent, ὑ. κήρυκος προαγορεύειν, ἀπειπεῖν κηρύκων ὕπο, Hdt.9.98, E.Alc. 737, cf. Th.6.32;ἐμῶν ὑπ' ἀγγέλων.. πορεύεται S.Tr. 391
;ὑ. ἀγγέλων πέμπων Pl.Phlb. 66a
: sts. with a verbal Subst., τὸ ὑ. νόμου ἐπίταγμα (i. e. ἐπιταττόμενον) Id.R. 359a;ἐκφορὰ φίλων ὕπο A.Th. 1029
;ἡ ὑπ' ἀρετῆς Ἡρακλέους παίδευσις X. Mem.2.1.34
;ἡ ὑ. πάντων τιμή Id.Cyr.3.3.2
;Ἥρας δεσμοὶ ὑ. ὑέος Pl. R. 378d
; so ἄτρωτον ἦν ὑ. στύγους ( = οὐ τετρωμένον) prob. in A.Ch. 532.2 also in pregnant phrases, not only of the immediate act of the agent, but also of its further result, ὅθ' ὑ. λιγέων ἀνέμων σπέρχωσιν ἄελλαι hasten driven on by them, Il.13.334; ὑφ' Ἕκτορος.. φεύγοντες fleeing before him, 18.149,χάσσονται ὑπ' ἔγχεος 13.153
, cf. 7.64, 11.119, 424, Od.5.320, 7.263, al.;πράγματα εἶχον ὑ. λῃστῶν X.HG5.1.5
; ἔπαινον, αἰτίαν ἔχειν ὑ. τινῶν, Hdt.9.78, A.Eu.99;οὐκέτι ἀποχωρεῖν οἷόν τ' ἦν ὑ. τῶν ἱππέων Th.7.78
, cf. Ar.V. 1084.3 freq. of things as well as persons,ὡς διάκειμαι ὑ. τῆς νόσου Th.7.77
;κεῖμαι νούσου ὕ. στυγερᾶς IG42(1).125.8
(Epid., iii B.C.);χαλεπῶς ἔχειν ὑ. τραυμάτων Pl.Tht. 142b
;ὑ. δόρατος πλαγείς IG42(1).122.64
(Epid., iv B.C.); ὑ. ἔχιος φῦμα ib.123.4 (ibid., iv B.C.); ἰάθη ὑ. ὄφιος ib.121.113 (ibid., iv B.C.);κατεσκεύασαν τὰς πύλας κλείεσθαι ὑ. σφύρας τε μεγάλης καὶ κτύπου παμμεγέθους γιγνομένου Aen.Tact.20.4
: of the agency of feelings, passions, etc.,ἀνόρουσ' ὑ. χάρματος h.Cer. 371
; ἐνδακρύειν, ἀνολολύξαι χαρᾶς ὕπο, A.Ag. 541, 587;μαίνεται.. ὑφ' ἡδονῆς S.El. 1153
;χλωρὸς ὑπαὶ δείους Il.10.376
;ὑ. δέους ἔρρηξε φωνήν Hdt.1.85
, cf. Th.6.33;οὐ δυνατὸν τὸν δῆμον ἐσόμενον ὑ. τῶν κακῶν καρτερεῖν Id.4.66
;ὑ. κακοῦ ἀγρυπνίῃσι εἴχετο Hdt.3.129
;ὑπ' ἄλγους A.Eu. 183
; ;ὑ. λύπης S.OT 1073
: hence ὑπό is used even with active Verbs, where a passive word may be supplied, e.g. ὑ. ἀρετῆς καὶ προθυμίης συνεπλήρουν τὰς νέας from courage, i. e. impelled by courage, Hdt.8.1;ὤρυσσον ὑ. μαστίγων Id.7.22
, cf. 56; οὐδὲ σέ γε δόλος ἔσχ' ὑ. χειρὸς ἐμᾶς by my agency, S.Ph. 1118 (lyr.); αἰ μήτις αὐτὸς δοίη, μὴ ὑπ' ἀνάγκας not under compulsion, GDI5128.5 ([place name] Vaxos).4 ὑπό freq. serves to denote the attendant or accompanying circumstances,νέφος ἐρχόμενον κατὰ πόντον ὑ. Ζεφύροιο ἰωῆς Il.4.276
, cf. 16.591, etc.: sts. with part. added, ἀμφὶ δὲ νῆες σμερδαλέον κονάβησαν ἀϋσάντων ὑπ' Ἀχαιῶν at their shouting, i.e. when they shouted, 2.334, 16.277;ἴαχε σάλπιγξ ἄστυ περιπλομένων δηΐων ὕ. 18.220
.5 of accompanying music, to give the time,κώμαζον ὑπ' αὐλοῦ Hes.Sc. 281
, cf. 278;ᾄδων ὑπ' αὐλητῆρος Archil.123
, cf. Thgn.825, Charon Fr.9;πίνειν ὑ. σάλπιγγος Ar.Ach. 1001
: generally, of anything attendant, δαΐδων ὕ. λαμπομενάων ἠγίνεον by torchlight, Il.18.492, cf. E.Hel. 639 (lyr.), Ion 1474 (lyr.);καταθάψομεν.. ὑ. κλαυθμῶν A.Ag. 1554
(anap.);ὑπ' εὐκλείας θανεῖν E.Hipp. 1299
; ; ὑπ' εὐφήμου βοῆς θῦσαι offer a sacrifice accompanied by it, S.El. 630; ὑ. φανοῦ πορεύεσθαι by lantern-light, X.Lac.5.7; ὑ. πομπῆς ἐξάγειν τινά in or with solemn procession, Hdt.2.45, cf. Ar.Th. 1030; ὑ. βίης βήξας coughing with violence, violently, Hdt.6.107; ἐτόξευον ὑ. μαστίγων, i.e. they shot and lashed, X.An.3.4.25: v. infr. B. 11.4, C. IV. 1.7 Math., ἡ ὑ. ΘΔΗ the angle ΘΔΗ ( = ἡ ὑ. τῶν ΘΔ, ΔΗ περιεχομένη γωνία), Procl. Hyp.2.26; but also τὸ ὑ. τῶν ΑΓ, ΓΒ the rectangle contained by ΑΓ, ΓΒ, = ΑΓ χ ΓΒ, Euc.2.4.8 ναῦλον ὄνων γ εἰς τὴν πόλιν ὑ. οἴνου laden with wine, Pap. in Hermes 28.163 (ii A.D.), cf. ib.479, and infr. C. IV. 2.B WITH DATIVE (esp. in Poets, never in LXX (Jb.12.5 is dub. l.) or NT, not common in Arist., Ptolemaic papyri, or Plb.), of Position under,ὑ. ποσσί Il.2.784
, al.; ὑ. πλατανίστῳ ib. 307, cf. 18.558; ὑ. Τμώλῳ at its foot, 2.866, cf. Od.1.186;Βερύσιοι ὑ. τῇ Ἴδῃ IG12.191.11
, cf. 373.118, al.;ὑ. τῇ ἀκροπόλι Hdt.6.105
; τῶν θανόντων ὑπ' Ἰλίῳ under its walls, E.Hec. 764, cf. A.Ag. 860;πέτρῃ ὕ. γλαφυρῇ εὗδον, Βορέω ὑπ' ἰωγῇ Od.14.533
;ὑ. τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἔχειν τὰς πηγάς Arist.Mete. 350b27
;ὑ. πέτρᾳ παῖς IG42(1).122.19
(Epid., iv B.C.); ὑ. τῷ ναῷ ἀστραγαλίζοντος αὐτοῦ ib.121.25 (ibid., iv B.C.); ηυπὺ τῇ κλίνῃ τούτῃ ληνὸς (or Λῆνος) ηύπυ ib.14.871 (Cumae, v B.C.);στρουθοὶ ὑ. τῇ τραπέζῃ Michel 832.33
(Samos, iv B.C.);ὑ. τῇ μασχάλῃ Hp.Art.11
;χέλυν δ' ὑ. μασχάλῃ εἶχεν h.Merc. 242
;ὑ. ταῖς μασχάλαις Arist.PA 688b5
,14; ὁ ὑ. τῇ γῇ ἀήρ under the earth, Id.Cael. 295a28; ἐὰν ὑ. σοὶ κατακλινῇ lies next below you, Pl.Smp. 222e; ὑφ' ἅρμασι under, i.e. yoked to, the chariot, Il.8.402, 18.244;εἶχε μάχαιραν ὑφ' αὑτῷ παρεσκευασμένος Plb.8.20.6
codd., cf. POxy. 1800 Fr.2.36 (Vit.Aesop.);ὑ. τοῖς χιτωνίσκοις περιζώματα φοροῦσιν Plb.12.26a
.4, cf. 13.7.9; τά τε θηρία καὶ τὰς ὑπ' αὐτοῖς σχεδίας under them, on which they stood, Id.3.46.8;τῆς γῆς τῆς ὑ. τῷ κόσμῳ κειμένης Timae.
ap. eund.12.25.7;οἱ ὑ. τῇ ἄρκτῳ, τῇ μεσημβρία, οἰκοῦντες Adam.2.31
, cf. Arist.Pr. 940a37, Phgn. 806b16;ὑ. τῷ μετώπῳ ὀφρύες Id.HA 491b14
;ὑ. τῷ γενείῳ Plb.34.10.9
;τὰ ὑ. τοῖς ὕδασι καὶ ὑμέσι καὶ ὑέλοις Hero
*Deff.135.12;ὑ. τῷ δέρματι Gal. 18(2).102
.2 with Verbs of motion, where rest or position follows, εἷσαν ὑ. φηγῷ set [him] down under it, Il.5.693;ἔζευξαν ὑφ' ἅρμασιν.. ἵππους Od.3.478
, cf. Il.24.782;ὑ. δ' ἄξοσι.. ἔπιπτον 16.378
, cf. X.Cyr.7.1.37;δέμνι' ὑπ' αἰθούσῃ θέμεναι Il.24.644
.3 in such phrases as ὑ. χερσί τινος ἁλῶναι, δαμῆναι, 2.374, 860, al.;ἐμῇς ὑ. χερσὶ δάμασσον 3.352
;ὑ. δουρὶ δαμῆναι 5.653
, etc.;ἔκπεσον ἵππων Ἀτρεΐδεω ὑ. χερσί 11.180
;ὤλετο.. ὑ. γαμφηλῇσι λέοντος 16.489
; (lyr.);ἐν κονίῃσι πέσοιεν ὑπ' ἀνδράσι Il.6.453
;ὑ. τινὶ κτείνεσθαι 16.490
.4 behind,ὑ. φάλαγγι Ascl.Tact.6.1
; under the cover or protection of,ὑ. τούτῳ τῷ φράγματι τοὺς ὑπορύσσοντας εἶναι Aen.Tact.37.9
;ὑ. ταῖς αὑτῶν ἀσφαλείαις Plb. 1.57.8
, 4.12.10, 16.6.1.II of the person under whose hand, power, or influence, or the thing by or through which a thing is done, ὑπ' Ἀργείοισι φέβοντο fled before them, Il.11.121; freq. in Hom. with intr. or pass. Verbs,ἐφόβηθεν ὑφ' Ἕκτορι Il.15.637
;ὁρμηθέντες ὑ. πληγῇσιν ἱμάσθλης Od.13.82
;βῆ.. θεῶν ὑ. πομπῇ Il.6.171
;ὦρτο δὲ κῦμα πνοιῇ ὕπο 23.215
;ὑ. λαίλαπι βέβριθε χθών 16.384
; τεκεῖν, τεκέσθαι ὑ. τινί, 2.714, 728, 742;ἀτῆθαι ὑ. τῷ μεμφομένῳ GDI4994.8
([place name] Crete);ὁ χρησμὸς ὁ γεγονὼς ὑ. τοῖ Ἀπόλλωνι Inscr.Magn.38.5
, cf. 12,31,52.2 expressing subjection or dependence, ὑ. τινί under one's power,δέδμητο δὲ λαὸς ὑπ' αὐτῷ Od.3.305
, cf. Il.9.156;ὑπ' ἀνδράσιν οἶκον ἔχουσιν Od. 7.68
; εἶναι ὑ. τισί to be subordinate, subject to them, Th.1.32; ὑ. Χείρωνι τεθραμμένος under the eye of.., Pl.R. 391c; ἔχειν ὑφ' ἑαυτῷ have under one, at one's command, X.Cyr.2.1.26;τὰ θηρία τὰ ὑ. τοῖς ἀνθρώποις Pl.R. 563c
;ὑ. τινὶ στρατεύσασθαι Plu.Cic.44
: in pregnant sense,ἵνα.. πάντα ὑ. Πέρσῃσι γένηται Hdt.7.11
, cf. Th.7.64;ὑπ' ἑωυτῷ ποιήσασθαι Hdt.7.157
;κινδυνεύσαιμ' ἂν ὑ. τῇ δυσχερεστάτῃ γενέσθαι τύχῃ Lys.24.6
;ὑ. τῷ Μακεδόνι ταττομένων Plb.18.11.4
;τοὺς τραφέντας ὑ. τούτοις Id.6.7.2
.3 of the subordination of things coming under a class,αἱ ὑ. ταῖς τέχναις ἐργασίαι Pl.Smp. 205c
;τὸ ὑ. ταῖς γεωμετρίαις Id.R. 511b
;ὄργανα.. τὰ ὑ. τῇ μουσικῇ Id.Hp.Ma. 295d
.4 as in A. 11.5, ὑπ' αὐλητῆρι πρόσθ' ἔκιον advanced to the music of the flute-player, Hes.Sc. 283; ὑπ' αὐλῷ, ὑ. κήρυκι καὶ θεολόγῳ, Luc.DDeor.2.2, Alex.19;ὑ. μάστιξι διορύττειν τὸν Ἄθω Plu.2.470e
: generally, of attendant circumstances,ἐξ ἁλὸς εἶσι.. πνοιῇ ὕπο Ζεφύροιο Od.4.402
; ὑ. ῥάβδοις καὶ πελέκεσι κατιών escorted by the lictors, Plu.Publ.10; ὑ. σκότῳ, νυκτί, A.Ag. 1030 (lyr.), A.R. 1.1022, etc.;λάμπει δ' ὑ. μαρμαρυγαῖς ὁ χρυσός B.3.17
;αἰθομένα δᾲς ὑ. ξανθαἵσι πεύκαις Pi.Fr.79
;ὑ. φωτὶ πολλῷ προσῄει Plu.Galb.14
;ὑ. λαμπάσιν ἡμμέναις Hld.10.41
; ὑ. πολλῷ στρατῷ escorted by a great host, Nic.Dam.10J.;ὑ. δικαιοσύνῃ διαγαγεῖν τὸν βίον Pl.Ep. 335d
.— ὑπό has no sense c. dat. which it has not also c. gen.; but all its senses c. gen. do not belong to the dat.:—later ὑπό c. dat. is found as a mere periphr. of the dat.,στέφος.. αὐτὸς ὑφ' ἡμετέραις πλεξάμενος παλάμαις AP5.73
(Rufin.), cf. 85 (Claudian.);λέων ὑπ' ἄκοντι τετυμμένος A.R.2.26
, cf. Man.2.131.C WITH ACCUSATIVE, of Place; to express motion towards and under an object, ὑ. σπέος ἤλασε μῆλα drove them under, i.e. into, the cave, Il.4.279;ὑ. ζυγὸν ἤγαγεν Od.3.383
; σεῦ ὕστερος εἶμ' ὑ. γαῖαν, i.e. shall die, Il.18.333;νέεσθαι ὑ. ζόφον 23.51
, cf. Od.3.335; κατακρύπτειν τινὰ ὑ. τὴν αὐτὴν θύρην under shelter of it, i.e. behind it, Hdt.1.12;πάϊς ὣς ὑ. μητέρα δύσκεν εἰς Αἴαντα Il.8.271
;ὅκως ἔωσι ὑ. τὸν πεζὸν στρατὸν τὸν σφέτερον Hdt.9.96
;ὑ. τὸν πρῶτον λόχον τῶν ὁπλιτῶν τὸν πρῶτον λόχον τῶν ψιλῶν τετάχθαι Ael.Tact.15.2
; of coming close up under a lofty citadel, ἤλθεθ' ὑ. Τροίην up to T., Od.4.146;ὅτ' ἔμελλεν ὑ. πτόλιν αἰπύ τε τεῖχος ἵξεσθαι Il.11.181
;παυρότερον λαὸν ἀγαγόνθ' ὑ. τεῖχος ἄρειον 4.407
;ὑ. τὰ τείχη φεύγειν Plb.1.74.11
;ὑ. τὰς ἴλας φεύγειν Id.3.65.7
, cf. 3.105.6, 11.21.5, al.;ὑ. ταὐτὸ στέγος εἰσελθεῖν GDI3536
B 3 ([place name] Cnidus);πᾶν ὃ ἐὰν ἔλθῃ.. ὑ. τὴν ῥάβδον LXXLe.27.32
, cf. De.4.11, al.; so ὑ. δικαστήριον ὑπαχθείς, ἀγαγόντες, Hdt.6.72, 104 (cf. ὑπάγειν ὑ. τοὺς ἐφόρους ib.82) prob. refers to the elevated seats of the judges in court, cf. ὑπάγω A ΙΙ.2 of Position or Extension under an object, without sense of motion,Ἀρκαδίην ὑ. Κυλλήνης ὄρος Il.2.603
, cf. 824, etc.;ἰκριώσασι ὑ. τὴν ὀροφήν IG12.374.76
; ἐργασαμένοις τὸ ἄνθεμον ὑ. τὴν ἀσπίδα ib.371.9;τὰ μὲν ὑ. τὸν λόφον καὶ τὰμ φάραγγα Inscr.Prien.37.162
(ii B.C.);ἀνθέντω ὑ. τὸν ναὸν τᾶς Δάματρος IG5(1).1498.13
(loc. inc., ii B.C.); ὅσσοι ἔασιν ὑπ' ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε everywhere under the sun, Il.5.267;ὑπ' αὐγὰς ἠελίοιο φοιτῶσι Od.2.181
;τῶν ὑ. τοῦτον τὸν ἥλιον.. ἀνθρώπων D.18.270
;τὰ ὑ. τὴν ἄρκτον Hdt. 5.10
, cf. Arist.Mete. 362a17;οἴκησις ἡ λεγομένη ὑ. τὸν πόλον Gem.5.38
, cf. 16.21, al.;ὑ. τὸν οὐρανόν LXXEx.17.14
, al., UPZ106.14 (i B.C.);τὸ ὑ. τὴν ἀκρόπολιν Th.2.17
;ὁ ὑ. γῆν λεγόμενος εἶναι θεός Hdt.7.114
, cf. Il.19.259; ὑ. γῆν is more freq. than ὑ. γῆς in Arist., Mete. 349b29, al., in Hipparch., 1.3.10, al., and entirely supersedes ὑ. γῆς in Hdt., 2.124, 125, 127, 148, 150, 3.102, 4.195, 7.114, and Gem., 2.19, al.; it is found also in Plb.21.28.11, etc.; ὑ. γῆν the nadir, opp. μεσουράνημα, PLond.1.98r.49, 110.33 (i/ii A.D.); alsoἄγχε δέ μιν.. ἱμὰς ἁπαλὴν ὑ. δειρήν Il.3.371
;Τρῶες.. πτῶσσον ὑ. κρημνούς 21.26
;ἀγέροντο.. ἄλσος ὕ. σκιερόν Od.20.278
;τρωφεὶς ὑ. τὸν ὀφθαλμόν IG42(1).122.120
(Epid., iv B.C.);οὐλὴ ὑπ' ὀφθαλμὸν δεξιόν PCair.Zen76.13
(iii B.C.);ὑ. τὸ μέρος τοῦ ἐνοφειλομένου ὑπογραψάτω ὅσον ἰδίᾳ ἔχει PRev.Laws 19.2
(iii B.C.);κείμενος ὑ. τὸν ὀμφαλόν Sor.1.7
, cf. 67, al.;ὑ. τὰς πύλας ἵππων πόδες φαίνονται Th.5.10
;μὴ ὑποτιθέναι κύλικα ὑ. τὴν κλίνην IG12(5).593
A21 (Ceos, v B. C.); ὑ. τὸν ὀδόν ib.42(1).102.249 (Epid., iv B.C.);καταψύξατε ὑ. τὸ δένδρον LXX Ge.18.4
; ὑ. τὸν λέβητα ib.Ec.7.7(6); ὑ. τοὺς πόδας ib.La.3.34;εἰς τοὺς ὑ. πόδα χωρεῖ τόπους Dsc.5.75
(v.πούς 1.6
g); ἡ ὑ. πόδα (sc. γραμμή ) the base of a triangle, Hero *Mens.55; also ὑπ' αὐγὰς.. λεύσσουσαι πέπλους holding them up to the light, E.Hec. 1154; also ὑ. τὸν ὀφθαλμόν close to the eye, Arist. Pr. 874a9;ὑποκειμένης τῆς Εὐβοίας ὑ. τὴν Ἀττικήν Isoc.4.108
;ὑπ' αὐτὴν ἐσχάτην στήλην ἔχων ἔχριμπτ' ἀεὶ σύριγγα S.El. 720
;εἰ θεωρήσειεν ὑπ' αὐγὰς τὸν ἀνθρώπειον βίον Iamb.Protr.8
(cf.αὐγή 1
): of subordinate position.κατακλίνεσθαι ὑ. τινά Luc.Symp.9
; τίς ὑ. τίνα; who is next to whom, Onos.10.2.b Math., ὁ κύβος ὁ ὑ. τὴν.. σφαῖραν inscribed in the sphere, Papp.440.5;εἶναι ὑ. τὸ αὐτὸ ὕψος Euc.11.29
, Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.19; ὑ. τὰν αὐτὰν γωνίαν subtending.., Id.Aren. 1.20 (cj.), cf. 21; ,al.3 of the logical subordination of things under a class,τῶν ἑτερογενῶν καὶ μὴ ὑπ' ἄλληλα τεταγμένων Arist.Cat. 1b16
, etc.; οἱ ὑ. τὸ ψεῦδος τεταγμένοι in the category of.., Luc.Ind.20.II of subjection, control, dependence, never in Hom., once in Hdt.,ὑ. βασιλέα δασμοφόρος 7.108
;ὑ. σφᾶς ποιεῖσθαι Th.4.60
, cf. Pl.R. 348d, Arist. HA 488a10, etc.;ἕως κα ᾖ ὑ. τὸν πατέρα Test.Epict.3.29
;ὑ. τιν' ἦν τῶν βασιλέων Men.340
;τί δ' οὐ κρατέοντος ὑπ' ἰσχύν; Call.Jov.75
, cf. 74;ὑ. Δία Γῆν Ἥλιον Sammelb. 5616
(i A.D.), POxy.722.6 (i/ii A.D.), etc. (v.ἥλιος 11.1
);ὑ. θεὸν καὶ ἄνθρωπον Michel854.52
(Halic., iii B.C.);τοῦ τοπαρχοῦντος ὑ. σέ PCair.Zen.322.3
(iii B.C.);στρατενσάμενον ὑ. ἄρχοντα Ἀντίοχον IG12(1).43.7
([place name] Rhodes);μηδὲ ὑ. δεσπότην ὤν LXXPr. 6.7
, cf. Ps.143.2; for ὑ. χεῖρα, v. χείρ; οἱ ὑ. τινά X.Cyr.3.3.6,8.8.5, etc.;τοῖς ὑφ' αὑτὸν τεταγμένοις GDI3750.75
([place name] Rhodes).III of Time, in the course of, during, or to be left untranslated in English,ἐκέλευε Τοωσὶ ποτὶ πτόλιν ἡγήσασθαι νύχθ' ὕ. τήνδ' ὀλοήν Il.22.102
;ὑ. τὴν νύκτα ταύτην Hdt.9.51
, cf. 58; ὑ. τὴν πρώτην ἐπελθοῦσαν νύκτα ἀπέδρη Id 6.2;τῆς κολοκύνθης.. ἣ ἐγενήθη ὑ. νύκτα καὶ ὑ. νύκτα ἀπώλετο LXXJn.4.10
: rarely with stress on the duration, πάνθ' ὑ. μηνιθμόν throughout its continuance, Il.16.202;ὑ. τὸν παρεόντα τόνδε πόλεμον Hdt.9.60
; οὐδὲν τῶν κατ' Αἴγυπτον ὑ. ταῦτα ἑτεροιωθῆναι during that time, Id.2.142;ὑ. τὸν χρόνον ὃν οἱ ἑξήκοντα καὶ τριηκόσιοι ἦρχον οἵδε ἐθεόρεον IG12(8).276.4
([place name] Thasos).2 also of Time, about, sts. more precisely at, and of events, about or at the time of, ὑπ' αὐτὸν τὸν χρόνον ὅτε .. Ar.Ach. 139, cf. Hdt.7.165;ὑπ' αὐτὸν τὸν καιρόν Plb. 11.27.4
, 16.15.8; ὑφ' ἕνα καιρόν at one time, Diog.Oen.38;ὑ. τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον Th.2.26
;ὑ. τοὺς αὐτοὺς χρόνους Id.1.100
;ὑ. τὸν σεισμόν Id.2.27
, cf. Plb.4.33.5, Plu.Alex.14; ὑ. τὴν ἑωθινήν, ὑ. τὴν ὄρφνην, Plb. 18.19.5,7;ὑ. τὸν ὄρθρον Act.Ap.5.21
, Gp.2.4.3; ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς περιπάτους ὑ. τὸ ψῦχος in the cool of the morning, Plb.5.56.10; ὑφ' ἓν πάντες all at once, at the same time, Arr.Epict.3.22.33, cf. S.E.M. 10.124, Sor.1.103, al.; παιδάριον ὑ. τὴν ἀναπνοὴν ἑπτὰ καὶ πέντε στίχους συνεῖρον in one breath, Plb.10.47.9; ὑφ' ἓν ἐκτρῖψαι at one blow, LXX Wi.12.9; ὑ. μίαν ἄρσιν καὶ θέσιν ἀνατείνοντες καὶ κατατιθέμενοι, of a squad of diggers, Gp.2.45.5; ὑ. μίαν φωνήν Aristeas 178; πῶς γὰρ ἂν ὑ. τὰς αὐτὰς ἡμέρας ἔν τε τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ καὶ ἐν τῇ Κιλικίᾳ.. πολεμήσειε; at the same time, D.C.36.35; sts. c. part., ὑ. τὸν νηὸν κατακαέντα at the time of its burning, Hdt.1.51; ὑ. τὴν κατάλυσιν τοῦ πολέμου just at the end, X.Mem.2.8.1, cf. Plu.Mar.46; ὑ. τὸν θυμὸν ἐκ χειρὸς ἐπιστρατευσαμένων at the very time of their anger, Plb. 2.19.10;ὑ. παροξυσμόν Gal.19.215
; παραδόντω τοῖς αἱρεθεῖσι εἰς τὸν ὑπ' αὐτὰ (or ὕπαυτα as Adv. = ἑξῆς)ἐνιαυτόν IG9(1).694.60
(Corc., ii/i B.C.);ὑ. κύνα Arist.HA 547a14
, Thphr.CP1.13.3, D.S.19.109;ὑ. τὰς θερινὰς [τροπὰς] καὶ τοῦ κυνὸς τὴν ἐπιτολήν Gp.2.6.17
.IV of accompaniment,ὑπὸ ὄρχησίν τε καὶ ᾠδήν Pl.Lg. 670a
;ὑ. αὐλὸν διαλέγεσθαι X.Smp.6.3
codd. (ὑ. τοῦ αὐλοῦ Cobet); ὑ. κήρυκα (v.κῆρυξ 1.3
).—Compare A.11.5, B.11.4.2 ὄνον ἕνα ὑ. λαχανόσπερμον laden with.., Meyer Ostr.81.2 (i A. D.), cf. PFay.p.324 (i A.D.); , al. (iii A.D.); cf. supr. A.11.8.D POSITION: ὑ. can follow its Subst., becoming by anastrophe ὕπο. It is freq. separated from the Subst. by intervening words, as in Il.2.465, Od.5.320, 7.130:— ὑπαί is placed after its case in A. Eu. 417, S.El. 1418, Inach. l.c., although acc. to Hdn.Gr.1.480 it cannot suffer anastrophe.E AS ADV., under, below, beneath, freq. in Hom.; esp. of young animals, under the mother, i.e. at the breast, Od.4.636, 21.23.2 behind, Hdt.7.61: cf. C. 1.II ὑπ' ἐκ or ὑπέκ, v. ὑπέκ.—In Hom. the separation of the Prep. from its Verb by tmesis is very freq., and sts. it follows, in which case it suffers anastrophe,φυγὼν ὕπο νηλεὲς ἦμαρ Od.9.17
.F IN COMPOSITION:I under, as well of rest as of motion, as in ὕπειμι, ὑποβαίνω, etc.3 of the agency or influence under which a thing is done, to express subjection or subordination, ὑποδαμνάω, ὑποδμώς, ὑφηνίοχος, cf. ἐπί G. 111. -
86 FORGIVE
\#avatyar- (imperative avatyara and the pl. aorist avatyarir are attested). The matter that is forgiven is the direct object, whereas the person that is forgiven appears in the ablative case: avatyara mello lucassemmar, "forgive us [lit. from us] our debts". This verb \#avatyar- occurs in certain versions of Tolkien's Quenya rendering of the Lord's Prayer; in the latest version he introduced the verb apsene- "remit, release, forgive" instead, with a slightly different syntax: the matter forgiven is still the direct object, but the person forgiven now appears in the dative case. The exact etymology of apsene- is somewhat obscure; the prefix ap- is apparently derived from a root AB- in a meaning which Tolkien according to other sources abandoned (see VT43:18-19); also, it is unclear whether the final –e of apsene- is just the connecting vowel of the aorist (before endings we would rather expect *apseni-) or an integral part of the verbal stem, which would make this an "E-stem" verb otherwise hardly attested. The verb apsene- is once attested with the object ending -t "them" attached: apsenet "[as we] forgive them". The alternative verb \#avatyar- is for many reasons less problematic and may be preferred by writers. –VT43:8, 9, 18-20 -
87 put
1 ( place) mettre [object] ; put them here please mettez-les ici s'il vous plaît ; to put sth on/under/around etc mettre qch sur/sous/autour de etc ; to put a stamp on a letter mettre un timbre sur une lettre ; to put a lock on the door/a button on a shirt mettre une serrure sur la porte/un bouton sur une chemise ; to put one's arm around sb mettre son bras autour de qn ; to put one's hands in one's pockets mettre les mains dans ses poches ; to put sth in a safe place mettre qch en lieu sûr ; to put sugar in one's tea mettre du sucre dans son thé ; to put more sugar in one's tea ajouter du sucre dans son thé ; to put more soap in the bathroom remettre du savon dans la salle de bains ;2 ( cause to go or undergo) to put sth through glisser qch dans [letterbox] ; passer qch par [window] ; faire passer qch à [mincer] ; to put one's head through the window passer la tête par la fenêtre ; to put one's fist through the window casser la fenêtre d'un coup de poing ; to put sth through the books Accts faire passer qch dans les frais généraux ; to put sth through a test faire passer un test à qch ; to put sth through a process faire suivre un processus à qch ; to put sb through envoyer qn à [university, college] ; faire passer qn par [suffering, ordeal] ; faire passer [qch] à qn [test] ; faire suivre [qch] à qn [course] ; after all you've put me through après tout ce que tu m'as fait subir ; to put sb through hell faire souffrir mille morts à qn ; to put one's hand/finger to porter la main/le doigt à [mouth] ;3 ( cause to be or do) mettre [person] ; to put sb in prison/on a diet mettre qn en prison/au régime ; to put sb on the train mettre qn dans le train ; to put sb in goal/in defence GB mettre qn dans les buts/en défense ; to put sb in a bad mood/in an awkward position mettre qn de mauvaise humeur/dans une situation délicate ; to put sb to work mettre qn au travail ; to put sb to mending/washing sth faire réparer/laver qch à qn ;4 (devote, invest) to put money/energy into sth investir de l'argent/son énergie dans qch ; if you put some effort into your work, you will improve si tu fais des efforts, ton travail sera meilleur ; to put a lot into s'engager à fond pour [work, project] ; sacrifier beaucoup à [marriage] ; to put a lot of effort into sth faire beaucoup d'efforts pour qch ; she puts a lot of herself into her novels il y a beaucoup d'éléments autobiographiques dans ses romans ;5 ( add) to put sth towards mettre qch pour [holiday, gift, fund] ; put it towards some new clothes dépense-le en nouveaux vêtements ; to put tax/duty on sth taxer/imposer qch ; to put a penny on income tax GB augmenter d'un pourcent l'impôt sur le revenu ;6 ( express) how would you put that in French? comment dirait-on ça en français? ; how can I put it? comment dirai-je? ; it was-how can I put it-unusual c'était-comment dire-original ; that's one way of putting it! iron on peut le dire comme ça! ; as Sartre puts it comme le dit Sartre ; to put it simply pour le dire simplement ; to put it bluntly pour parler franchement ; let me put it another way laissez-moi m'exprimer différemment ; that was very well ou nicely put c'était très bien tourné ; to put one's feelings/one's anger into words trouver les mots pour exprimer ses sentiments/sa colère ; to put sth in writing mettre qch par écrit ;7 ( offer for consideration) présenter [argument, point of view, proposal] ; to put sth to soumettre qch à [meeting, conference, board] ; to put sth to the vote mettre qch au vote ; I put it to you that Jur j'ai la présomption que ;8 (rate, rank) placer ; where would you put it on a scale of one to ten? où est-ce que tu placerais cela sur une échelle allant de un à dix? ; to put sb in the top rank of artists placer qn au premier rang des artistes ; I put a sense of humour before good looks je place le sens de l'humour avant la beauté ; I put a sense of humour first pour moi le plus important c'est le sens de l'humour ; to put children/safety first faire passer les enfants/la sécurité avant tout ; to put one's family before everything faire passer sa famille avant tout ;9 ( estimate) to put sth at évaluer qch à [sum] ; to put the value of sth at estimer la valeur de qch à [sum] ; I'd put him at about 40 je lui donnerais à peu près 40 ans ;10 Sport lancer [shot] ;C v refl ( p prés - tt- ; prét, pp put) to put oneself in a strong position/in sb's place se mettre dans une position de force/à la place de qn.I didn't know where to put myself je ne savais pas où me mettre ; I wouldn't put it past him! je ne pense pas que ça le gênerait! (to do de faire) ; I wouldn't put anything past her! je la crois capable de tout! ; put it there ○ ! ( invitation to shake hands) tope là! ; to put it about a bit ◑ péj coucher à droite et à gauche ◑ ; to put one over ou across GB on sb ○ faire marcher qn ○.■ put about:▶ put [sth] about, put about [sth]1 ( spread) faire circuler [rumour, gossip, story] ; to put (it) about that faire courir le bruit que ; it is being put about that le bruit court que ;2 Naut faire virer de bord [vessel].■ put across:▶ put across [sth], put [sth] across communiquer [idea, message, concept, case, point of view] ; mettre [qch] en valeur [personality] ; to put oneself across se mettre en valeur.■ put aside:▶ put aside [sth], put [sth] aside mettre [qch] de côté [money, article, differences, divisions, mistrust].■ put away:▶ put away [sth], put [sth] away1 ( tidy away) ranger [toys, dishes] ;2 ( save) mettre [qch] de côté [money] ;▶ put away [sb] ○, put [sb] away ○1 ( in mental hospital) enfermer ; he had to be put away il a fallu l'enfermer ;2 ( in prison) boucler ○ [person] (for pour).■ put back:▶ put back [sth], put [sth] back3 retarder [clock, watch] ; remember to put your clocks back an hour n'oubliez pas de retarder votre pendule d'une heure ;4 ( delay) retarder [project, production, deliveries] (by de) ;5 ○ ( knock back) descendre ○ [drink, quantity].■ put by GB:▶ put [sth] by, put by [sth] mettre [qch] de côté [money] ; to have a bit (of money) put by avoir un peu d'argent de côté.■ put down:▶ put [sth] down, put down [sth]1 (on ground, table) poser [object, plane] (on sur) ; mettre [rat poison etc] ;2 ( suppress) réprimer [uprising, revolt, opposition] ;3 ( write down) mettre (par écrit) [date, time, name] ; put down whatever you like mets ce que tu veux ;4 ( ascribe) to put sth down to mettre qch sur le compte de [incompetence, human error etc] ; to put sth down to the fact that imputer qch au fait que ;6 Vet ( by injection) piquer ; ( by other method) abattre ; to have a dog put down faire piquer un chien ;7 (advance, deposit) to put down a deposit verser des arrhes ; to put £50 down on sth verser 50 livres d'arrhes sur qch ;8 (lay down, store) mettre [qch] en cave [wine] ; affiner [cheese] ;9 ( put on agenda) inscrire [qch] à l'ordre du jour [motion] ;▶ put [sb] down, put down [sb]2 ○ ( humiliate) rabaisser [person] ;4 (classify, count in) to put sb down as considérer qn comme [possibility, candidate, fool] ; I'd never have put you down as a Scotsman! je ne t'aurais jamais pris pour un Écossais! ; to put sb down for ( note as wanting or offering) compter [qch] pour qn [contribution] ; ( put on waiting list) inscrire qn sur la liste d'attente pour [school, club] ; put me down for a meal compte un repas pour moi ; to put sb down for £10 compter 10 livres pour qn ; to put sb down for three tickets réserver trois billets pour qn.▶ put forth [sth], put [sth] forth1 présenter [shoots, leaves, buds] ;2 fig émettre [idea, theory].■ put forward:▶ put forward [sth], put [sth] forward1 ( propose) avancer [idea, theory, name] ; soumettre [plan, proposal, suggestion] ; émettre [opinion] ;2 ( in time) avancer [meeting, date, clock] (by de ; to à) ; don't forget to put your clocks forward one hour n'oubliez pas d'avancer votre pendule d'une heure ;▶ put [sb] forward, put forward [sb] présenter la candidature de (for pour) ;▶ put sb forward as présenter qn comme [candidate] ; to put oneself forward présenter sa candidature, se présenter ; to put oneself forward as a candidate présenter sa candidature ; to put oneself forward for se présenter pour [post].■ put in:▶ put in1 [ship] faire escale (at à ; to dans ; for pour) ;2 ( apply) to put in for [person] postuler pour [job, promotion, rise] ; demander [transfer, overtime] ;▶ put in [sth], put [sth] in1 (fit, install) installer [central heating, shower, kitchen] ; to have sth put in faire installer qch ;2 ( make) faire [request, claim, offer, bid] ; to put in an application for déposer une demande de [visa, passport] ; poser sa candidature pour [job] ; to put in a protest protester ; to put in an appearance faire une apparition ;3 ( contribute) passer [time, hours, days] ; contribuer pour [sum, amount] ; they are each putting in £1 m chacun apporte une contribution d'un million de livres ; to put in a lot of time doing consacrer beaucoup de temps à faire ; to put in a good day's work avoir une bonne journée de travail ; to put in a lot of work se donner beaucoup de mal ; thank you for all the work you've put in merci pour tout le mal que tu t'es donné ;4 ( insert) mettre [paragraph, word, reference] ; to put in that mettre que ; to put in how/why expliquer comment/pourquoi ;5 ( elect) élire ; that puts the Conservatives in again les conservateurs ont donc été élus encore une fois ;▶ put [sb] in for présenter [qn] pour [exam, scholarship] ; poser la candidature de [qn] pour [promotion, job] ; recommander [qn] pour [prize, award] ; to put oneself in for poser sa candidature pour [job, promotion].■ put off:▶ put off from s'éloigner de [quay, jetty] ;▶ put off [sth], put [sth] off1 (delay, defer) remettre [qch] (à plus tard) [wedding, meeting] ; to put sth off until June/until after Christmas remettre qch à juin/à après Noël ; I should see a doctor, but I keep putting it off je devrais voir un médecin, mais je remets toujours ça à plus tard ; to put off visiting sb/doing one's homework remettre à plus tard une visite chez qn/ses devoirs ;▶ put off [sb], put [sb] off1 (fob off, postpone seeing) décommander [guest] ; dissuader [person] ; to put sb off coming with an excuse trouver une excuse pour dissuader qn de venir ; to be easily put off se décourager facilement ;2 ( repel) [appearance, smell, colour] dégoûter ; [manner, person] déconcerter ; to put sb off sth dégoûter qn de qch ; don't be put off by the colour-it tastes delicious! ne te laisse pas dégoûter par la couleur-c'est délicieux! ;3 GB ( distract) distraire ; stop trying to put me off! arrête de me distraire! ; you're putting me off my work tu me distrais de mon travail ;4 ( drop off) déposer [passenger].■ put on:▶ put on [sth], put [sth] on1 mettre [garment, hat, cream, lipstick] ;2 (switch on, operate) allumer [light, gas, radio, heating] ; mettre [record, tape, music] ; to put the kettle on mettre de l'eau à chauffer ; to put the brakes on freiner ;3 ( gain) prendre [weight, kilo] ;4 ( add) rajouter [extra duty, tax] ;5 ( produce) monter [play, exhibition] ;7 (lay on, offer) ajouter [extra train, bus service] ; proposer [meal, dish] ;8 ( put forward) avancer [clock] ;▶ put [sb] on2 ○ US faire marcher ○ [person] ;3 ( recommend) to put sb on to sth indiquer qch à qn ; who put you on to me? qui vous a envoyé à moi? ;■ put out:▶ put out1 Naut partir (from de) ; to put out to sea mettre à la mer ;2 ◑ US péj coucher avec n'importe qui ○ ;▶ put out [sth], put [sth] out2 ( extinguish) éteindre [fire, cigarette, candle, light] ;5 (make available, arrange) mettre [food, dishes, towels etc] ;6 ( sprout) déployer [shoot, bud, root] ;7 ( cause to be wrong) fausser [figure, estimate, result] ;8 ( dislocate) se démettre [shoulder, ankle] ;9 ( subcontract) confier [qch] en sous-traitance [work] (to à) ;▶ put [sb] out1 ( inconvenience) déranger ; to put oneself out se mettre en quatre ○ (to do pour faire) ; to put oneself out for sb se donner beaucoup de mal pour qn ; don't put yourself out for us ne vous dérangez pas pour nous ;2 ( annoy) contrarier ; he looked really put out il avait l'air vraiment contrarié ;3 ( evict) expulser.■ put over = put across.■ put through:▶ put [sth] through, put through [sth]1 ( implement) faire passer [reform, bill, amendment, plan, measure] ;2 Telecom ( transfer) passer [call] (to à) ; she put through a call from my husband elle m'a passé mon mari ○ ;▶ put [sb] through Telecom passer [caller] (to à) ; I'm just putting you through je vous le/la passe ; I was put through to another department on m'a passé un autre service.■ put together:▶ put [sb/sth] together, put together [sb/sth]1 ( assemble) assembler [pieces, parts] ; to put sth together again, to put sth back together reconstituer qch ; more/smarter than all the rest put together plus/plus intelligent que tous les autres réunis ;2 ( place together) mettre ensemble [animals, objects, people] ;3 ( form) former [coalition, partnership, group, team, consortium] ;4 (edit, make) constituer [file, portfolio, anthology] ; rédiger [newsletter, leaflet] ; établir [list] ; faire [film, programme, video] ;5 ( concoct) improviser [meal] ;■ put up:▶ put up2 to put up with ( tolerate) supporter [behaviour, person] ; to have a lot to put up with avoir beaucoup de choses à supporter ;▶ put up [sth] opposer [resistance] ; to put up a fight/struggle combattre ; to put up a good performance [team, competitor] bien se défendre ;▶ put [sth] up, put up [sth]1 ( raise) hisser [flag, sail] ; relever [hair] ; to put up one's hand/leg lever la main/la jambe ; put your hands up! ( in class) levez le doigt! ; put 'em up ○ ! ( to fight) bats-toi! ; ( to surrender) haut les mains! ;2 ( post up) mettre [sign, poster, notice, plaque, decorations] ; afficher [list] ; to put sth up on the wall/on the board afficher qch sur le mur/au tableau ;3 (build, erect) dresser [fence, barrier, tent] ; construire [building, memorial] ;4 (increase, raise) augmenter [rent, prices, tax] ; faire monter [temperature, pressure] ;5 ( provide) fournir [money, amount, percentage] (for pour ; to do pour faire) ;6 ( present) soumettre [proposal, argument] ; to put sth up for discussion soumettre qch à la discussion ;7 ( put in orbit) placer [qch] en orbite [satellite, probe] ;▶ put [sb] up, put up [sb]1 ( lodge) héberger ;2 ( as candidate) présenter [candidate] ; to put sb up for proposer qn comme [leader, chairman] ; proposer qn pour [promotion, position] ; to put oneself up for se proposer comme [chairman] ; se proposer pour [post] ;3 ( promote) faire passer [qn] au niveau supérieur [pupil] ; to be put up [pupil, team] monter (to dans) ;4 ( incite) to put sb up to sth/to doing pousser [qn] à/à faire ; somebody must have put her up to it quelqu'un a dû l'y pousser.■ put upon:▶ put upon [sb] abuser de [person] ; to be put upon se faire marcher sur les pieds ; to feel put upon avoir l'impression de se faire marcher sur les pieds ; I won't be put upon any more je ne me ferai plus jamais avoir ○. -
88 ver
v.1 to perceive.Veo a tu hermana muy cansado I see your sister very tired.2 to have eyesight.Mis ojos ven bien My eyes see fine.3 to understand.4 to be witness of, to witness.5 to see, to look at, sight, to view.¿ves algo? can you see anything?he estado viendo tu trabajo I've been looking at your workya veo que estás de mal humor I can see you're in a bad mood¿ves lo que quiero decir? do you see what I mean?ir a ver lo que pasa to go and see what's going ones una manera de ver las cosas that's one way of looking at ityo no lo veo tan mal I don't think it's that badEllos ven los cuadros They see the pictures.Ellas ven los cuadros They see the pictures.María ve la gravedad del asunto Mary sees the seriousness of the situation.Mis ojos ven bien My eyes see fine.Veo a tu hermano muy cansado I see your brother very tired.* * *Present IndicativePast IndicativeImperfect SubjunctiveFuture SubjunctiveImperativeve (tú), vea (él/Vd.), veamos (nos.), ved (vos.), vean (ellos/Vds.).Past Participlevisto,-a.* * *verb1) to see2) understand3) examine4) visit5) witness* * *Para las expresiones ver visiones, no ver tres en un burro, ver el sustantivo.1. VERBO TRANSITIVO1) (=percibir)a) [+ persona, objeto] to seeme acuerdo como si lo estuviera viendo — I remember it as if I were seeing it now, I remember it as if it were yesterday
—
¡hubieran visto qué casa! — (Méx) you should have seen the house!
•
dejarse ver, este año Pedro no se ha dejado ver por aquí — we haven't seen much of Pedro this yearsi te he visto no me acuerdo —
le pedí que me ayudara, pero si te he visto no me acuerdo — I asked him to help me but he (just) didn't want to know
ver algn/algo venir —
-¿que ha dimitido? -eso ya lo veía venir — "he's resigned?" - "well, you could see it coming"
ya te veo venir, ¿a que quieres que te preste el coche? — I know what you're after, you want to borrow the car, don't you?
b) [+ gerund]c) [+ infin]d) [+ adj]2) (=mirar) [+ televisión, programa, partido] to watchanoche vi una película en la tele — I saw o watched a film on TV last night
•
es (digno) de ver — it's worth seeingno poder (ni) ver a algn —
3) (en saludos)¡cuánto tiempo sin verte! — I haven't seen you for ages!
¡hasta más ver! — see you again!
4) (=visitar) to seetendré que ir a ver al abogado — I shall have to go to o and see my solicitor
5) (=imaginar) to see, imaginelo estoy viendo de almirante — I can just see o imagine him as an admiral
6) (=vivir) to live throughy usted que lo vea, y tú que lo veas —
-¡a celebrarlo con salud el año próximo! - ¡y usted que lo vea! — "many happy returns!" - "thank you!"
7) (=examinar) to look at8) (=comprobar) to see•
¡verás como al final te caerás! — you'll fall, you just wait and see!ya verás como al final tengo que hacerlo yo — I'll end up doing it myself, you'll see
•
habrá que ver, habrá que ver lo que les habrá contado — we'll have to see what he's told them•
voy a ver si está en su despacho — I'll see if he's in his office9) (=notar) to see-¿ves que no son iguales? -pues, no lo veo — "can't you see they're not the same?" - "no, I can't"
-gana más de cien mil al mes -¡ya ves! — "she earns more than 100,000 a month" - "well, there you go!"
•
dejarse ver, los efectos de la crisis se dejaron ver meses después — the effects of the crisis were felt months later•
echar de ver algo — to notice sth•
por lo que veo — from what I can see10) (=entender) to see¿no ves que...? — don't o can't you see that...?
•
hacer ver algo a algn — to point sth out to sb11) (=encontrar) to see12) (Jur) [+ pleito] to hear, try13) tener que ver-es demasiado pequeño -¿y eso qué tiene que ver? — "it's too small" - "what's that got to do with it?"
esto tiene que ver con lo que estudiamos ayer — this has to do with what we were looking at yesterday
14) a vera ver niños, ¿cuál es la capital de Francia? — now, children, what is the capital of France?
-mira, tú sales en la foto -¿a ver? — "look, you're in the photo" - "let's have a look" o"let's see"
a ver ese niño, que no se quede solo — don't leave that child on his own
a ver qué dicen las noticias sobre el robo — let's see if there's anything about the robbery on the news
-estás estudiando mucho -¡a ver, no queda más remedio! — "you're doing a lot of studying" - "well, I haven't got much choice!"
¡a ver, cállate ya! — shut up, will you!
¿a ver? — (And) (Telec) hello?
•
a ver si..., a ver si acabas pronto — see if you can finish this off quickly¡a ver si te crees que no lo sé! — surely you don't think I don't know about it!
2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO1) (=percibir) to see•
eso está por ver — that remains to be seenque no veo * —
que no veas * —
ver y callar —
no digas nada, tú solo ver y callar — you'd better keep your mouth shut about this
2) (=comprobar) to seesegún voy viendo... — as I am beginning to see...
-¿quién ha venido? -no sé, voy a ver — "who is it?" -"I don't know, I'll go and see"
- al final siempre me toca hacerlo a mi -ya veo — "in the end it's always me that has to do it" - "so I see"
3) (=entender) to see¿ves?, así es mucho más fácil — you see? it's much easier like this
a mi modo de ver — as I see it, the way I see it
¿viste? — ( Cono Sur) right?, are you with me?
4)• ver de hacer algo — to see about doing sth, try to do sth
tenemos que ver de solucionar este problema — we must try to o and find a solution to this problem
veremos de salir temprano — we'll see if we can leave early, we'll try to o and leave early
•
¡hay que ver!, ¡hay que ver lo que te pareces a tu madre! — gosh! how like your mother you are o look!¡hay que ver lo que ha cambiado la ciudad! — it's incredible o you wouldn't believe how much the town has changed!
•
¡ para que veas!, ha aprobado todas las asignaturas, ¡para que veas! — she passed all her exams, how about that!no solo no perdí, sino que arrasé, ¡para que veas! — not only did I not lose, but I won by a mile, so there!
—
—
eso está o queda en veremos — it's not certain yet
•
vamos a ver — let's see..., let me see...-¿esto tiene arreglo? -no sé, vamos a ver — "can this be repaired?" - "I don't know, let's see o let me see"
¿por qué no me llamaste, vamos a ver? — why didn't you call me, I'd like to know?
•
ya veremos — we'll see-¿podré ir a la fiesta? -ya veremos — "can I go to the party?" - "we'll see"
3.See:* * *I1) ( aspecto)de buen ver — good-looking, attractive
2) ( opinión)II 1.a mi/su ver — in my/his view
verbo transitivo1)a) ( percibir con la vista) to see¿ves algo? — can you see anything?
es como si lo estuviera viendo — it's as if I were seeing him/it now
ver algo/a alguien + inf — to see something/somebody + inf
si te he visto no me acuerdo — (fam) he/she doesn't/didn't want to know
ver venir algo — to see something coming
b) ( mirar) <programa/partido> to watchno poder (ni) ver a alguien: no puede ni verla or no la puede ver — he can't stand her
c) ( imaginar) to see, picture2) (entender, notar) to see¿no ves lo que está pasando? — don't o can't you see what's happening?
se la ve feliz/preocupada — she looks happy/worried
hacerse ver — (RPl) to show off
echar de ver — (Esp) to realize
3)a) (constatar, comprobar) to seeno me olvidé para que veas! — I didn't forget, see?
le gané para que veas! — I beat him, so there!
b) ( ser testigo de) to seees tan bonita, si vieras... — she's so pretty, you should see her
vieras or hubieras visto cómo se asustaron...! — (AmL) you should have seen the fright they got!
ya ves, aquí me tienes — well, here I am
hay que ver lo que ha crecido! — wow o gosh! hasn't he grown!
que no veas — (Esp fam)
que no veo — (AmL fam)
tengo un hambre que no veo — (fam) I'm absolutely starving (colloq)
tengo un sueño que no veo — I'm so tired I can hardly keep my eyes open
4)a ver: (vamos) a ver ¿de qué se trata? OK o all right, now, what's the problem?; aquí está en el periódico - ¿a ver? it's here in the newspaper - let's see; ¿a ver qué tienes ahí? let me see what you've got there; apriétalo a ver qué pasa press it and let's see what happens; a ver si me entienden ( justificando) don't get me wrong; ( explicando) let me make myself clear; a ver si estudias más I'd think about studying harder; a ver si escribes pronto make sure you write soon; cállate, a ver si alguien te oye! shut up, somebody might hear you; a ver cuándo vienes a visitarnos — come and see us soon
5)a) ( estudiar)¿la ha visto un médico? — has she been seen by a doctor yet?
se hizo ver por un especialista — (AmS) she saw a specialist
c) (Der) < causa> to try, hear6)a) (juzgar, considerar)a mi modo or manera de ver — the way I see it
b) ( encontrar) to see7) (visitar, entrevistarse con) <amigo/pariente> to see, visit; <médico/jefe> to seecuánto tiempo sin verte! — I haven't seen you for ages!, long time, no see (colloq)
8)2.tener... que ver: ¿y eso qué tiene que ver? and what does that have to do with it?; no tengo nada que ver con él I have nothing to do with him; ¿tuviste algo que ver en esto? did you have anything to do with this?; ¿qué tiene que ver que sea sábado? what difference does it make that it's Saturday?; ¿tendrán algo que ver con los Zamora? — are they related in any way to the Zamoras?
ver vi1) ( percibir con la vista) to seeenciende la luz que no veo — turn on the light, I can't see
no veo bien de lejos/de cerca — I'm shortsighted/longsighted
2) ( constatar)¿hay cerveza? - no sé, voy a ver — is there any beer? - I don't know, I'll have a look
¿está Juan? - voy a ver — is Juan in? - I'll go and see
verás, no quería decírtelo, pero... — look, I didn't want to tell you, but...
pues verás, todo empezó cuando... — well you see, the whole thing began when...
3) ( pensar) to see¿vas a decir que sí? - ya veré — are you going to accept? - I'll see
estar/seguir en veremos — (AmL fam)
3.seguimos en veremos — we still don't know anything
verse v pron1) (refl)a) ( percibirse) to see oneselfb) ( imaginarse) to see oneself2)a) ( hallarse) (+ compl) to find oneselfvérselas venir — (fam)
me las veía venir — I could see it coming
b) (frml) ( ser)este problema se ha visto agravado por... — this problem has been made worse by...
3) ( dejar ver) (+ me/te/le etc)4) (esp AmL) ( parecer)5) (recípr) ( encontrarse) to meet; ( visitarse) to see each othernos vemos a las siete — I'll meet o see you at seven
nos vemos! — (esp AmL) see you!
vérselas con alguien: tendrá que vérselas conmigo — he'll have me to deal with
* * *= descry, discern, see, spot, view, view, witness, check out, make out, look down over, look down on/upon, catch + sight of.Ex. He looked up and descried a gym class, all wet and draggled, scurrying back across the sodden football field.Ex. Such variations also make it difficult for a cataloguer inserting a new heading for local use to discern the principles which should be heeded in the construction of such a heading.Ex. Where the conference cannot be seen to have a name, then the work will normally be treated as a collection.Ex. When all necessary amendments have been spotted, edit the draft abstract and make any improvements to the style that are possible.Ex. Thus it is possible in an author sequence to view easily the works of one author.Ex. Many librarians viewed AACR1 as such a significant improvement upon its predecessors, that they were content.Ex. We sometimes only have to speak a word to witness a reaction in other people that should logically follow only if the object itself were present.Ex. Where problems do arise it is sensible to check out the training programme before blaming the assistant for poor performance of duties.Ex. She could just make out that he was standing against the wall near the door, ready to jump anyone who came out the door.Ex. There was one ram that was content to stay up in the cliffs and look down over his domain.Ex. The characters stand inside a mysterious domed structure looking down on the Earth watching the 19th century take shape.Ex. 'Good grief!', he cried, catching sight of the clock.----* acercarse sin ser visto = sidle up to.* alcanzar a ver = glimpse.* algo digno de ver = a sight to behold.* al ver = at the sight of.* a mi modo de ver = in my books.* de buen ver = good looking.* dejar de ver = become + blind to.* dejarse ver = have + visibility.* dichosos los ojos que te ven = a sight for sore eyes.* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).* el ver televisión = television viewing.* estar mal visto = frown on/upon.* estar por ver = be an open question.* forma de ver las cosas = way of putting things together, bent of mind.* hacerse ver = gain + exposure.* hacer ver = alert to, bring to + Posesivo + attention, bring to + the attention, call + attention to, awaken, bring + home, open + Posesivo + eyes to, bring + attention to, bring to + Posesivo + notice, get across.* hacer ver claramente = hammer + home + message, show + clearly.* ir a ver = drop in on, check out.* ir a ver a Alguien = say + hi.* la forma de ver las cosas = the way + to see things.* los árboles no dejan ver el bosque = cannot see the forest for the trees.* manera de ver las cosas = line of thought.* no aguantar ver Algo o Alguien = can't stand + sight.* no poder ver a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.* no poder ver Algo o Alguien = can't stand + sight.* no querer tener nada que ver Algo = would not touch + Nombre + with a barge pole.* no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.* no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.* no ver = be blind to.* no ver con buenos ojos = not take + kindly to.* no verse afectado = be none the worse for wear, be none the worse for (that).* no verse comprometido por = be uncompromised by.* no verse en peligro = be uncompromised by.* ojos que no ven corazón que no siente = ignorance is bliss.* ojos que no ven corazón que no siente = out of sight out of mind.* quedar por ver = be an open question, remain + to be seen.* referencia "véase" = see reference.* referencia "véase además" = see also reference.* salir sin ser visto = slip out, steal away.* según lo ve + Nombre = as seen through the eyes of + Nombre.* ser algo por ver = be an open question.* sin ser visto = undetected, unobserved.* tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.* tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.* tener poco que ver = have + little to do.* tener que ver con = be concerned with, concern, relate to, hold + a stake in, have + a stake in, be a question of.* una cosa no + tener + nada que ver con la otra = one thing + have + nothing to do with the other.* una vista digna de ver = a sight to behold.* un espectáculo digno de ver = a sight to behold.* véase = see under, SU, refer-to, qv (quod vide -latín).* véase además = see also.* véase como ejemplo = witness.* véase desde = see from, refer-from.* véase + Nombre + para más información = refer to + Nombre + for details.* Veo, Veo = I Spy.* ver Algo a través de los ojos de Alguien = look at + Nombre + through + Posesivo + eyes.* ver Algo con humor = a funny eye for.* ver Algo desde el punto de vista + Adjetivo = view + Nombre + through + Adjetivo + eyes.* ver Algo desde una nueva perspectiva = view + Nombre + in a new light, see + Nombre + in a new light.* ver Algo desde una perspectiva + Adjetivo = see + Nombre + in a + Adjetivo + light.* ver Algo venir = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.* ver a través de = see through, see through.* ver bien = welcome.* ver con los mismos ojos = see + eye to eye (with/on).* ver con los prismáticos = glass.* ver con recelo = have + reservations (about).* ver con un ojo crítico = view with + a critical eye.* ver de antemano = preview.* ver desde una nueva perspectiva = shed + new light on.* ver desventajas = see + drawbacks.* ver de un vistazo = see + at a glance.* ver doble = see + double.* ver el motivo de Algo = glean + the reason for.* ver el mundo desde una perspectiva diferente = see + the world in a different light.* ver el porqué = see + the point.* ver el propósito = see + the point.* ver el sentido = see + the point.* ver en pantalla = scroll.* ver faltas en = see + faults in.* ver grabación en vídeo = video playback.* ver inconvenientes = see + drawbacks.* ver la finalidad = see + the point.* ver la luz = see + the light.* ver la luz al final del túnel = see + the light at the end of the tunnel.* ver la luz del día = see + the light of day.* ver la muerte de cerca = have + brushes with death.* ver la oportunidad = see + a chance.* ver la posibilidad = see + the possibility.* ver las cosas de diferente manera = see + things differently.* ver las cosas de diferente modo = see + things differently.* ver las cosas desde una perspectiva = see + things from + perspective.* ver las cosas de una manera diferente = see + things differently.* ver las cosas de un modo diferente = see + things differently.* ver las cosas en su conjunto = see + things as a whole.* ver las cosas en su totalidad = see + things as a whole.* ver las cosas positivas = look on + the bright side.* ver las cosas positivas de la vida = look on + the bright side of life.* ver las estrellas = see + stars.* ver la tele = watch + the telly.* ver la utilidad = see + the point.* verle las orejas al lobo = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.* ver lo que Alguien realmente piensa = see into + Posesivo + heart.* ver lo que + avecinarse = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.* ver lo que pasa = take it from there/here.* ver mundo = see + life, see + the world.* ver + Nombre + con nuevos ojos = view + Nombre + through fresh eyes.* ver + Nombre + desde la perspectiva de + Nombre = see + Nombre + through + Nombre + eyes.* verse en la necesidad = be constrained to.* verse en la necesidad de = be left with the need to.* verse en la necesidad urgente de = be hard pressed.* verse en la situación = find + Reflexivo + in the position.* verse en medio de = caught in the middle.* verse envuelto en = become + involved in, get + involved with/in.* verse frustrado = become + frustrated.* vérselas canutas = have + a devil of a time.* vérselas con = contend with.* vérselas negras = jump through + hoops, have + Posesivo + work cut out for + Pronombre, have + Posesivo + job cut out for + Pronombre, have + a devil of a time.* vérsele a Alguien el plumero = give + Reflexivo + away.* verse muy afectado por = have + a high stake in.* verse negro = have + Posesivo + work cut out for + Pronombre, have + Posesivo + job cut out for + Pronombre.* verse obligado a no + Infinitivo = be enjoined from + Gerundio.* verse superado sólo por = be second only to.* verse venir = be on the cards.* ver televisión = watch + television.* ver un fantasma = see + a ghost.* ver ventajas = see + advantages.* vistas desde fuera = outwardly.* visto desde la perspectiva de + Nombre = as seen through the eyes of + Nombre.* * *I1) ( aspecto)de buen ver — good-looking, attractive
2) ( opinión)II 1.a mi/su ver — in my/his view
verbo transitivo1)a) ( percibir con la vista) to see¿ves algo? — can you see anything?
es como si lo estuviera viendo — it's as if I were seeing him/it now
ver algo/a alguien + inf — to see something/somebody + inf
si te he visto no me acuerdo — (fam) he/she doesn't/didn't want to know
ver venir algo — to see something coming
b) ( mirar) <programa/partido> to watchno poder (ni) ver a alguien: no puede ni verla or no la puede ver — he can't stand her
c) ( imaginar) to see, picture2) (entender, notar) to see¿no ves lo que está pasando? — don't o can't you see what's happening?
se la ve feliz/preocupada — she looks happy/worried
hacerse ver — (RPl) to show off
echar de ver — (Esp) to realize
3)a) (constatar, comprobar) to seeno me olvidé para que veas! — I didn't forget, see?
le gané para que veas! — I beat him, so there!
b) ( ser testigo de) to seees tan bonita, si vieras... — she's so pretty, you should see her
vieras or hubieras visto cómo se asustaron...! — (AmL) you should have seen the fright they got!
ya ves, aquí me tienes — well, here I am
hay que ver lo que ha crecido! — wow o gosh! hasn't he grown!
que no veas — (Esp fam)
que no veo — (AmL fam)
tengo un hambre que no veo — (fam) I'm absolutely starving (colloq)
tengo un sueño que no veo — I'm so tired I can hardly keep my eyes open
4)a ver: (vamos) a ver ¿de qué se trata? OK o all right, now, what's the problem?; aquí está en el periódico - ¿a ver? it's here in the newspaper - let's see; ¿a ver qué tienes ahí? let me see what you've got there; apriétalo a ver qué pasa press it and let's see what happens; a ver si me entienden ( justificando) don't get me wrong; ( explicando) let me make myself clear; a ver si estudias más I'd think about studying harder; a ver si escribes pronto make sure you write soon; cállate, a ver si alguien te oye! shut up, somebody might hear you; a ver cuándo vienes a visitarnos — come and see us soon
5)a) ( estudiar)¿la ha visto un médico? — has she been seen by a doctor yet?
se hizo ver por un especialista — (AmS) she saw a specialist
c) (Der) < causa> to try, hear6)a) (juzgar, considerar)a mi modo or manera de ver — the way I see it
b) ( encontrar) to see7) (visitar, entrevistarse con) <amigo/pariente> to see, visit; <médico/jefe> to seecuánto tiempo sin verte! — I haven't seen you for ages!, long time, no see (colloq)
8)2.tener... que ver: ¿y eso qué tiene que ver? and what does that have to do with it?; no tengo nada que ver con él I have nothing to do with him; ¿tuviste algo que ver en esto? did you have anything to do with this?; ¿qué tiene que ver que sea sábado? what difference does it make that it's Saturday?; ¿tendrán algo que ver con los Zamora? — are they related in any way to the Zamoras?
ver vi1) ( percibir con la vista) to seeenciende la luz que no veo — turn on the light, I can't see
no veo bien de lejos/de cerca — I'm shortsighted/longsighted
2) ( constatar)¿hay cerveza? - no sé, voy a ver — is there any beer? - I don't know, I'll have a look
¿está Juan? - voy a ver — is Juan in? - I'll go and see
verás, no quería decírtelo, pero... — look, I didn't want to tell you, but...
pues verás, todo empezó cuando... — well you see, the whole thing began when...
3) ( pensar) to see¿vas a decir que sí? - ya veré — are you going to accept? - I'll see
estar/seguir en veremos — (AmL fam)
3.seguimos en veremos — we still don't know anything
verse v pron1) (refl)a) ( percibirse) to see oneselfb) ( imaginarse) to see oneself2)a) ( hallarse) (+ compl) to find oneselfvérselas venir — (fam)
me las veía venir — I could see it coming
b) (frml) ( ser)este problema se ha visto agravado por... — this problem has been made worse by...
3) ( dejar ver) (+ me/te/le etc)4) (esp AmL) ( parecer)5) (recípr) ( encontrarse) to meet; ( visitarse) to see each othernos vemos a las siete — I'll meet o see you at seven
nos vemos! — (esp AmL) see you!
vérselas con alguien: tendrá que vérselas conmigo — he'll have me to deal with
* * *= descry, discern, see, spot, view, view, witness, check out, make out, look down over, look down on/upon, catch + sight of.Ex: He looked up and descried a gym class, all wet and draggled, scurrying back across the sodden football field.
Ex: Such variations also make it difficult for a cataloguer inserting a new heading for local use to discern the principles which should be heeded in the construction of such a heading.Ex: Where the conference cannot be seen to have a name, then the work will normally be treated as a collection.Ex: When all necessary amendments have been spotted, edit the draft abstract and make any improvements to the style that are possible.Ex: Thus it is possible in an author sequence to view easily the works of one author.Ex: Many librarians viewed AACR1 as such a significant improvement upon its predecessors, that they were content.Ex: We sometimes only have to speak a word to witness a reaction in other people that should logically follow only if the object itself were present.Ex: Where problems do arise it is sensible to check out the training programme before blaming the assistant for poor performance of duties.Ex: She could just make out that he was standing against the wall near the door, ready to jump anyone who came out the door.Ex: There was one ram that was content to stay up in the cliffs and look down over his domain.Ex: The characters stand inside a mysterious domed structure looking down on the Earth watching the 19th century take shape.Ex: 'Good grief!', he cried, catching sight of the clock.* acercarse sin ser visto = sidle up to.* alcanzar a ver = glimpse.* algo digno de ver = a sight to behold.* al ver = at the sight of.* a mi modo de ver = in my books.* de buen ver = good looking.* dejar de ver = become + blind to.* dejarse ver = have + visibility.* dichosos los ojos que te ven = a sight for sore eyes.* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).* el ver televisión = television viewing.* estar mal visto = frown on/upon.* estar por ver = be an open question.* forma de ver las cosas = way of putting things together, bent of mind.* hacerse ver = gain + exposure.* hacer ver = alert to, bring to + Posesivo + attention, bring to + the attention, call + attention to, awaken, bring + home, open + Posesivo + eyes to, bring + attention to, bring to + Posesivo + notice, get across.* hacer ver claramente = hammer + home + message, show + clearly.* ir a ver = drop in on, check out.* ir a ver a Alguien = say + hi.* la forma de ver las cosas = the way + to see things.* los árboles no dejan ver el bosque = cannot see the forest for the trees.* manera de ver las cosas = line of thought.* no aguantar ver Algo o Alguien = can't stand + sight.* no poder ver a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.* no poder ver Algo o Alguien = can't stand + sight.* no querer tener nada que ver Algo = would not touch + Nombre + with a barge pole.* no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.* no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.* no ver = be blind to.* no ver con buenos ojos = not take + kindly to.* no verse afectado = be none the worse for wear, be none the worse for (that).* no verse comprometido por = be uncompromised by.* no verse en peligro = be uncompromised by.* ojos que no ven corazón que no siente = ignorance is bliss.* ojos que no ven corazón que no siente = out of sight out of mind.* quedar por ver = be an open question, remain + to be seen.* referencia "véase" = see reference.* referencia "véase además" = see also reference.* salir sin ser visto = slip out, steal away.* según lo ve + Nombre = as seen through the eyes of + Nombre.* ser algo por ver = be an open question.* sin ser visto = undetected, unobserved.* tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.* tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.* tener poco que ver = have + little to do.* tener que ver con = be concerned with, concern, relate to, hold + a stake in, have + a stake in, be a question of.* una cosa no + tener + nada que ver con la otra = one thing + have + nothing to do with the other.* una vista digna de ver = a sight to behold.* un espectáculo digno de ver = a sight to behold.* véase = see under, SU, refer-to, qv (quod vide -latín).* véase además = see also.* véase como ejemplo = witness.* véase desde = see from, refer-from.* véase + Nombre + para más información = refer to + Nombre + for details.* Veo, Veo = I Spy.* ver Algo a través de los ojos de Alguien = look at + Nombre + through + Posesivo + eyes.* ver Algo con humor = a funny eye for.* ver Algo desde el punto de vista + Adjetivo = view + Nombre + through + Adjetivo + eyes.* ver Algo desde una nueva perspectiva = view + Nombre + in a new light, see + Nombre + in a new light.* ver Algo desde una perspectiva + Adjetivo = see + Nombre + in a + Adjetivo + light.* ver Algo venir = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.* ver a través de = see through, see through.* ver bien = welcome.* ver con los mismos ojos = see + eye to eye (with/on).* ver con los prismáticos = glass.* ver con recelo = have + reservations (about).* ver con un ojo crítico = view with + a critical eye.* ver de antemano = preview.* ver desde una nueva perspectiva = shed + new light on.* ver desventajas = see + drawbacks.* ver de un vistazo = see + at a glance.* ver doble = see + double.* ver el motivo de Algo = glean + the reason for.* ver el mundo desde una perspectiva diferente = see + the world in a different light.* ver el porqué = see + the point.* ver el propósito = see + the point.* ver el sentido = see + the point.* ver en pantalla = scroll.* ver faltas en = see + faults in.* ver grabación en vídeo = video playback.* ver inconvenientes = see + drawbacks.* ver la finalidad = see + the point.* ver la luz = see + the light.* ver la luz al final del túnel = see + the light at the end of the tunnel.* ver la luz del día = see + the light of day.* ver la muerte de cerca = have + brushes with death.* ver la oportunidad = see + a chance.* ver la posibilidad = see + the possibility.* ver las cosas de diferente manera = see + things differently.* ver las cosas de diferente modo = see + things differently.* ver las cosas desde una perspectiva = see + things from + perspective.* ver las cosas de una manera diferente = see + things differently.* ver las cosas de un modo diferente = see + things differently.* ver las cosas en su conjunto = see + things as a whole.* ver las cosas en su totalidad = see + things as a whole.* ver las cosas positivas = look on + the bright side.* ver las cosas positivas de la vida = look on + the bright side of life.* ver las estrellas = see + stars.* ver la tele = watch + the telly.* ver la utilidad = see + the point.* verle las orejas al lobo = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.* ver lo que Alguien realmente piensa = see into + Posesivo + heart.* ver lo que + avecinarse = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.* ver lo que pasa = take it from there/here.* ver mundo = see + life, see + the world.* ver + Nombre + con nuevos ojos = view + Nombre + through fresh eyes.* ver + Nombre + desde la perspectiva de + Nombre = see + Nombre + through + Nombre + eyes.* verse en la necesidad = be constrained to.* verse en la necesidad de = be left with the need to.* verse en la necesidad urgente de = be hard pressed.* verse en la situación = find + Reflexivo + in the position.* verse en medio de = caught in the middle.* verse envuelto en = become + involved in, get + involved with/in.* verse frustrado = become + frustrated.* vérselas canutas = have + a devil of a time.* vérselas con = contend with.* vérselas negras = jump through + hoops, have + Posesivo + work cut out for + Pronombre, have + Posesivo + job cut out for + Pronombre, have + a devil of a time.* vérsele a Alguien el plumero = give + Reflexivo + away.* verse muy afectado por = have + a high stake in.* verse negro = have + Posesivo + work cut out for + Pronombre, have + Posesivo + job cut out for + Pronombre.* verse obligado a no + Infinitivo = be enjoined from + Gerundio.* verse superado sólo por = be second only to.* verse venir = be on the cards.* ver televisión = watch + television.* ver un fantasma = see + a ghost.* ver ventajas = see + advantages.* vistas desde fuera = outwardly.* visto desde la perspectiva de + Nombre = as seen through the eyes of + Nombre.* * *ver1A(aspecto): aún está de buen ver he's still good-looking o attractive, he still looks goodno es de mal ver she's not bad-lookingB(opinión): a mi/su ver in my/his view, as I see/he sees it■ ver (verbo transitivo)A1 percibir con la vista2 mirar3 imaginarB1 entender, notar2 echar de verC1 constatar, comprobar2 ser testigo deD a verE1 estudiar2 examinar: médico3 DerechoF1 juzgar, considerar2 encontrarG visitar, entrevistarse conH en el póquerI tener... que ver■ ver (verbo intransitivo)A percibir con la vistaB constatarC estudiar, pensarD a verE ver de■ verse (verbo pronominal)A1 percibirse2 imaginarseB1 hallarse2 serC parecerD encontrarsevtA1 (percibir con la vista) to see¿ves el letrero allí enfrente? can o do you see that sign opposite?lo vi con mis propios ojos I saw it with my own eyes¿ves algo? can you see anything?enciende la luz que no se ve nada switch on the light, I can't see a thingtú ves visiones, allí no hay nada you're seeing things, there's nothing therese te ve la combinación your slip is showingme acuerdo perfectamente, es como si lo estuviera viendo I remember it perfectly, as if I were seeing it nowver algo/a algn + INF/GER:la vi bailar en Londres hace años I saw her dance in London years agola vi metérselo en el bolsillo I saw her put it into her pocketlos vieron salir por la puerta trasera they were seen leaving by the back doorlo vi hablando con ella I saw him talking to herahí donde lo/la ves: ahí donde la ves tiene un genio … incredible though it may seem, she has a real temper …aquí donde me ves, tengo 90 años cumplidos believe it or not, I'm ninety years oldno ver ni tres en un burro or ni un burro a tres pasos or ni jota ( fam): sin gafas no veo ni jota I can't see a thing without my glasses, without my glasses I'm as blind as a batsi te he visto no me acuerdo ( fam): en cuanto le pedí un favor, si te he visto no me acuerdo as soon as I asked a favor of him, he just didn't want to knowver venir algo/a algn: el fracaso se veía venir it was obvious o you could see it was going to failte veía venir, ya sabía lo que me ibas a pedir I thought as much, I knew what you were going to ask me forya lo veo venir, seguro que quiere una semana libre I know what he's after, I bet he wants a week off ( colloq)¡y tú que lo veas!: ¡que cumplas muchos más! — ¡y tú que lo veas! many happy returns! — thank you very muchvan a bajar los impuestos — ¡y tú que lo veas! ( iró); they're going to cut taxes — do you think you'll live long enough to see it? ( iro)2 (mirar) to watchestaba viendo la televisión I was watching televisionesa película ya la he visto I've seen that movie before¿te has hecho daño?, déjame ver have you hurt yourself? let me seeun espectáculo que hay que ver a show which you must see o which is not to be missed o ( colloq) which is a mustno poder (ni) ver a algn: no puede ni verla or no la puede ver he can't stand her, he can't stand the sight of herno lo puedo ver ni pintado or ni en pintura ( fam); I can't stand the sight of him3 (imaginar) to see, imagine, pictureyo no la veo viviendo en el campo I can't see o imagine o picture her living in the countryya la veo tumbada en la arena sin hacer nada … I can see o picture her now lying on the sand doing nothing …B1 (entender, notar) to see¿no ves que la situación es grave? don't o can't you see how serious the situation is?¿ves qué amargo es? you see how bitter it is?no quiere ver la realidad he won't face up to realitysólo ve sus problemas he's only interested in his own problemsse te ve en la cara I can tell by your facese le ve que disfruta con su trabajo you can see o tell she enjoys her workte veo preocupado ¿qué te pasa? you look worried, what's the matter?la veo muy contenta she looks o seems very happyes un poco complicado, ¿sabes? — ya se ve it's a bit complicated, you know — so I (can) seeya veo/ya se ve que no tienes mucha práctica en esto I can see o it's obvious you haven't had much practice at this, you obviously haven't had much practice at thishacerse ver ( RPl); to show off2echar de ver to realize, noticepronto echó de ver que le faltaba dinero he soon realized o noticed that some of his money was missingse echa de ver que está muy contento it's obvious he's very happyC1 (constatar, comprobar) to seeve a ver quién es go and see who it is¡ya verás lo que es bueno si no me haces caso! you'll see what you get if you don't do as I sayhabrá que ver si cumple su promesa it remains to be seen o we'll have to see whether he keeps his promiseverás como no viene he won't come, wait and see o you'll seeya no funciona ¿lo ves? or ¿viste? te dije que no lo tocaras now, it's not working any more. You see? I told you not to touch it¡eso ya se verá! we'll see¡eso está por ver! we'll see about that!¡para que veas! ¡tú que decías que no iba a ser capaz! see? I did it! and you said I wouldn't be able to!gané por tres sets a cero ¡para que veas! I won by three sets to love, so there!2 (ser testigo de) to seevieron confirmadas sus sospechas they saw their suspicions confirmed, their suspicions were confirmed¡nunca he visto cosa igual! I've never seen anything like it!¡habráse visto semejante desfachatez! what a nerve! ( colloq)¡si vieras lo mal que lo pasé! you can't imagine how awful it was!es tan bonita, si vieras … she's so pretty, you should see her¡vieras or hubieras visto cómo se asustaron …! ( AmL); you should have seen the fright they got!tenías que haber visto lo furioso que se puso you should have seen how angry he got¡hombre! ¿tú por aquí? — ya ves, no tenía otra cosa que hacer hello, what are you doing here? — well, I didn't have anything else to dopensaba tomarme el día libre pero ya ves, aquí me tienes I intended taking the day off but … well, here I am¡hay que ver! ¡lo que son las cosas! well, well, well! o I don't know! would you believe it?¡hay que ver! hasta se llevaron el dinero de los niños would you believe it! they even took the children's money¡hay que ver lo que ha crecido! wow o gosh! hasn't he grown!hay que ver qué bien se portaron they behaved really well, it's amazing how well they behavedhay que ver lo grosera que es she's incredibly rudeque no veas ( Esp fam): me echó una bronca que no veas she gave me such an earful! ( colloq), you wouldn't believe the earful she gave me! ( colloq)tenía una borrachera que no veas he was absolutely blind drunktienen una cocina que no veas they have an incredible kitchenque no veo ( AmL fam): tengo un hambre que no veo ( fam); I'm absolutely starving ( colloq), I'm so hungry I could eat a horse ( colloq)tengo un sueño que no veo I'm so tired I can hardly keep my eyes openDa ver: (vamos) a ver ¿de qué se trata? OK o all right o well, now, what's the problem?a ver, el fórceps, rápido give me the forceps, quicklyaquí está en el periódico — ¿a ver? it's here in the newspaper — let's see¿a ver qué tienes ahí? let me see o show me what you've got there, what have you got there?aprieta el botón a ver qué pasa press the button and let's see what happensa ver si arreglas esa lámpara when are you going to fix that light?a ver si escribes pronto write soon, make sure you write soon¡cállate, a ver si alguien te oye! shut up, somebody might hear you¡a ver si ahora se cree que se lo robé yo! I hope he doesn't think that I stole it!a ver cuándo vienes a visitarnos come and see us soon/one of these days¡a ver! (AmC, Col) (al contestar el teléfono) hello?E1(estudiar): esto mejor que lo veas tú you'd better look at this o see this o have a look at thistengo que ver cómo lo arreglo I have to work out o see how I can fix itaún no lo sé, ya veré qué hago I still don't know, I'll decide what to do latervéase el capítulo anterior see (the) previous chapterno vimos ese tema en clase we didn't look at o study o do that topic in class2«médico» (examinar): ¿la ha visto ya un médico? has she been seen by a doctor yet?, has she seen a doctor yet?¿por qué no te haces ver por un especialista? ( AmS); why don't you see a specialist?3 ( Derecho) ‹causa› to try, hearF1(juzgar, considerar): yo eso no lo veo bien I don't think that's rightcada uno ve las cosas a su manera everybody has their own point of view, everybody sees things differentlya mi modo or manera de ver to my way of thinking, the way I see it2 (encontrar) to seeno le veo salida a esta situación I can't see any way out of this situation¿tú le ves algún inconveniente? can you see any drawbacks to it?no le veo la gracia I don't think it's funny, I don't find it funnyno le veo nada de malo I can't see anything wrong in itno veo por qué no I don't see why notG(visitar, entrevistarse con): es mejor que vea a su propio médico it's better if you go to o see your own doctorhace tiempo que no lo veo I haven't seen him for some time¡cuánto tiempo sin verte! I haven't seen you for ages!, long time, no see ( colloq)aún no he ido a ver a la abuela I still haven't been to see o visit grandmotherahora que vive lejos lo vemos menos we don't see so much of him now that he lives so far awayH(en el póquer): las veo I'll see youItener … que ver: eso no tiene nada que ver con lo que estamos discutiendo that has nothing to do with what we are discussinges muy joven — ¿y eso qué tiene que ver? he's very young — and what does that have to do with it?no tengo nada que ver con esa compañía I have nothing to do with that company, I have no connection with that company¿tuviste algo que ver en ese asunto? did you have anything to do with o any connection with that business?, were you involved in that business?¿qué tiene que ver que sea sábado? what difference does it make that it's Saturday?¿tendrán algo que ver con los Icasuriaga de Zamora? are they related in any way to the Icasuriagas from Zamora?■ verviA (percibir con la vista) to seeno veo bien de lejos/de cerca I'm shortsighted/longsightedenciende la luz que no veo turn on the light, I can't seeB(constatar): ¿hay cerveza? — no sé, voy a ver is there any beer? — I don't know, I'll have a look¿está Juan? — voy a ver is Juan in? — I'll go and seeverás, no quería engañarte pero … look, I wasn't trying to deceive you, it's just that …pues verás, la cosa empezó cuando … well you see, the whole thing began when …ver para creer seeing is believingC (estudiar, pensar) to seevamos a veror veamos, ¿dónde le duele? let's see now, where does it hurt?¿vas a decir que sí? — ya veré, déjame pensarlo un poco are you going to accept? I'll see, let me think about itseguimos en veremos we still don't know anything, we're still in the darkDE ver de (procurar) to tryvean de que no se dé cuenta try to make sure he doesn't noticevamos a ver de hacerlo lo más rápido posible let's try to get it done o let's see if we can get it done as quickly as possible■ verseA ( refl)1 (percibirse) to see oneself¿te quieres ver en el espejo? do you want to see yourself o look at yourself in the mirror?se vio reflejado en el agua he saw his reflection in the water2 (imaginarse) to see oneself¿tú te ves viviendo allí? can you see yourself living there?B1 (hallarse) (+ compl) to find oneselfme vi obligado a despedirlo I was obliged to dismiss him, I had no choice but to dismiss himse vio en la necesidad de pedir dinero prestado he found himself having to borrow moneyme vi en un aprieto I found myself in a tight spotvérselas venir ( fam): me las veía venir por eso tomé precauciones I saw it coming so I took precautionsvérselas y deseárselas: me las vi y me las deseé estudiando y trabajando durante cinco años it was really tough o hard o it was a real struggle studying and working for five yearsverse venir algo to see sth coming2 ( frml)(ser): este problema se ha visto agravado por … this problem has been made worse by …las cifras se ven aumentadas al final del verano the figures rise at the end of the summerel país se verá beneficiado con este acuerdo the country will benefit from this agreementme veo gordísima con esta falda I look really fat in this skirtD ( recípr) (encontrarse) to meetse veían un par de veces al mes they used to see each other o meet a couple of times a monthnos vemos a las siete I'll meet o see you at sevenes mejor que no nos veamos durante un tiempo we'd better not see each other for a while¡nos vemos! ( esp AmL); see you!, I'll be seeing you!verse CON algn to see sbya no me veo con ellos I don't see them any morevérselas con algn: tendrá que vérselas conmigo como se atreva a molestarte he'll have me to deal with if he dares to bother you* * *
ver 1 sustantivo masculino
1 ( aspecto):◊ ser de buen ver to be good-looking o attractive
2 ( opinión):◊ a mi/su ver in my/his view
ver 2 ( conjugate ver) verbo transitivo
1
◊ ¿ves algo? can you see anything?;
no se ve nada aquí you can't see a thing in here;
lo vi hablando con ella I saw him talking to her
esa película ya la he visto I've seen that movie before;
no poder (ni) ver a algn: no la puede ver he can't stand her
2 (entender, notar) to see;◊ ¿no ves lo que está pasando? don't o can't you see what's happening?;
se la ve preocupada she looks worried;
hacerse ver (RPl) to show off
3
¡ya verás lo que pasa! you'll see what happens;
¡ya se verá! we'll see
◊ ¡nunca he visto cosa igual! I've never seen anything like it!;
¡si vieras lo mal que lo pasé! you can't imagine how awful it was!;
¡hubieras visto cómo se asustaron! (AmL) you should have seen the fright they got!
4◊ a ver: (vamos) a ver ¿de qué se trata? OK o all right, now, what's the problem?;
está aquí, en el periódico — ¿a ver? it's here in the newspaper — let's see;
apriétalo a ver qué pasa press it and see what happens;
a ver si escribes pronto make sure you write soon
5a) ( estudiar):
tengo que ver cómo lo arreglo I have to work out how I can fix it;
ya veré qué hago I'll decide what to do later
◊ ¿la ha visto un médico? has she been seen by a doctor yet?
6a) (juzgar, considerar):
a mi modo or manera de ver the way I see it
no le veo la gracia I don't think it's funny
7 (visitar, entrevistarse con) ‹amigo/pariente› to see, visit;
‹médico/jefe› to see;◊ ¡cuánto tiempo sin verte! I haven't seen you for ages!
8◊ tener … que ver: ¿y eso qué tiene que ver? and what does that have to do with it?;
no tengo nada que ver con él I have nothing to do with him;
¿qué tiene que ver que sea sábado? what difference does it make that it's Saturday?
verbo intransitivo
1 ( percibir con la vista) to see;
no veo bien de lejos/de cerca I'm shortsighted/longsighted
2 ( constatar):◊ ¿hay cerveza? — no sé, voy a ver is there any beer? — I don't know, I'll have a look;
pues verás, todo empezó cuando … well you see, the whole thing began when …
3 ( pensar) to see;
estar/seguir en veremos (AmL fam): todavía está en veremos it isn't certain yet;
seguimos en veremos we still don't know anything
verse verbo pronominal
1 ( refl) (percibirse, imaginarse) to see oneself
2 ( hallarse) (+ compl) to find oneself;
me vi obligado a despedirlo I had no choice but to dismiss him
3 (esp AmL) ( parecer):
no se ve bien con ese peinado that hairdo doesn't suit her
4 ( recípr)
◊ nos vemos a las siete I'll meet o see you at seven;
¡nos vemos! (esp AmL) see you!
verse con algn to see sb
ver 1 m (aspecto exterior) aún estás de buen ver, you're still good-looking
ver 2 I verbo transitivo
1 to see: vi tu cartera sobre la mesa, I saw your wallet on the table
no veo nada, I can't see anything
puede ver tu casa desde aquí, he can see your house from here ➣ Ver nota en see; (mirar la televisión) to watch: estamos viendo las noticias de las tres, we are watching the three o'clock news
(cine) me gustaría ver esa película, I'd like to see that film
2 (entender) no veo por qué no te gusta, I can't see why you don't like it
(considerar) a mi modo de ver, as far as I can see o as I see it
tus padres no ven bien esa relación, your parents don't agree with that relationship
(parecer) se te ve nervioso, you look nervous
3 (averiguar) ya veremos qué sucede, we'll soon see what happens
fam (uso enfático) ¡no veas qué sitio tan bonito!, you wouldn't believe what a beautiful place!
4 a ver, let's see: a ver si acabamos este trabajo, let's see if we can finish this job
me compré un compacto, - ¿a ver?, I bought a compact disc, - let's have a look!
5 (ir a ver, visitar) to see, visit: le fui a ver al hospital, I visited him in hospital
II verbo intransitivo
1 to see: no ve bien de lejos, he's shortsighted, US nearsighted
2 (dudar, pensar) ¿me prestas este libro?, - ya veré, will you lend me this book?, - I'll see
3 (tener relación) no tengo nada que ver con ese asunto, I have nothing to do with that business
solo tiene cincuenta años, - ¿y eso qué tiene qué ver?, he's only fifty, - so what?
♦ Locuciones: no poder ver a alguien: no puede (ni) verle, she can't stand him
¿To see, to watch o to look?
Los tres verbos reflejan tres conceptos muy distintos. To see hace referencia a la capacidad visual y no es fruto de una acción deliberada. A menudo se usa con can o could: I can see the mountains from my bedroom. Puedo ver las montañas desde mi dormitorio.
To look at implica una acción deliberada: I saw an old atlas, so I opened it and looked at the maps. Vi un atlas antiguo, así que lo abrí y miré los mapas.
To watch también se refiere a una acción deliberada, a menudo cuando se tiene un interés especial por lo que ocurre: I watched the planes in the sky with great interest. Miraba los aviones en el cielo con gran interés. Igualmente puede indicar el paso del tiempo (we watched the animals playing for half an hour, durante media hora observamos cómo jugaban los animales), movimiento (they stood there watching the cars drive off into the distance, se quedaron allí de pie viendo cómo se marchaban los coches) o vigilancia (the policemen have been watching this house because they thought we were thieves, los policías estaban vigilando la casa porque pensaban que éramos ladrones).
Para hablar de películas u obras de teatro usamos to see: Have you seen Hamlet?, ¿Has visto Hamlet? To watch se refiere a la televisión y los deportes en general: I always watch the television in the evening. Siempre veo la televisión por las noches. I like to watch football. Me gusta ver el fútbol. Al hablar de programas o partidos específicos podemos usar tanto to watch como to see: I like to see/watch the news at 9:00. Me gusta ver las noticias a las 9.00. Did you see/watch the match last night?, ¿Viste el partido anoche?
' ver' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- abundante
- acabar
- aclararse
- aconsejar
- acordar
- acordarse
- acostumbrada
- acostumbrado
- actual
- actualmente
- acuerdo
- adentro
- adición
- advertir
- agradecer
- aguantar
- aguardar
- ahora
- alegre
- almuerzo
- alquiler
- alta
- alto
- amarilla
- amarillo
- americanada
- amplia
- amplio
- añadir
- anexa
- anexo
- añorar
- apartamento
- apellido
- apetecer
- apreciar
- arrepentirse
- arriesgarse
- atreverse
- aún
- ausente
- ayudar
- bajar
- bastante
- burra
- burro
- cachorra
- cachorro
- caliente
English:
able
- add
- add up
- addition
- advertising
- afloat
- afraid
- afternoon
- aghast
- ajar
- akin
- alight
- alike
- alive
- all
- allow
- alone
- already
- although
- among
- amongst
- and
- another
- apartment
- appear
- appendix
- arouse
- as
- ashamed
- asleep
- assassin
- assassinate
- assassination
- associate
- attorney
- averse
- awake
- awaken
- aware
- bar
- barrister
- bath
- be
- beat
- beer
- beg
- benefit
- between
- billion
- bite
* * *♦ nm♦ vt1. [percibir con los ojos] to see;[mirar] to look at; [televisión, programa, espectáculo deportivo] to watch; [película, obra, concierto] to see;¿ves algo? can you see anything?;yo no veo nada I can't see a thing;he estado viendo tu trabajo I've been looking at your work;¿vemos la tele un rato? shall we watch some TV?;esta serie nunca la veo I never watch this series;¿has visto el museo? have you been to the museum?;yo te veo más delgada you look thinner to me;Méx Fam¿qué me ves? what are you looking at?;este edificio ha visto muchos sucesos históricos this building has seen a lot of historic events;los jubilados han visto aumentadas sus pensiones pensioners have had their pensions increased;ver a alguien hacer algo to see sb doing sth;los vi actuar en el festival I saw them acting at the festival;te vi bajar del autobús I saw you getting off the bus;¡si vieras qué bien lo pasamos! if only you knew what a good time we had!;¡si vieras qué cara se le puso! you should have seen her face!;ver venir algo/a alguien: este problema ya lo veía venir I could see this problem coming;lo veo venir I can see what he's up to;verlas venir: él prefiere quedarse a verlas venir he prefers to wait and see;¡quién lo ha visto y quién lo ve! it's amazing how much he's changed!;si no lo veo, no lo creo I'd never have believed it if I hadn't seen it with my own eyes;si te he visto no me acuerdo: pero ahora, si te he visto, no me acuerdo but now he/she/ etc doesn't want to know2. [entender, apreciar, considerar] to see;ya veo que estás de mal humor I can see you're in a bad mood;¿no ves que trata de disculparse? can't you see o tell she's trying to apologize?;¿ves lo que quiero decir? do you see what I mean?;ahora lo veo todo claro now I understand everything;a todo le ve pegas he sees problems in everything;yo no le veo solución a este problema I can't see a solution to this problem;¿tú cómo lo ves? how do you see it?;yo lo veo así I see it this way o like this;es una manera de ver las cosas that's one way of looking at it;yo no lo veo tan mal I don't think it's that bad;ahí donde la ves, era muy guapa de joven she was very pretty when she was young, you know;dejarse ver (por un sitio) to show one's face (somewhere);¿te gusta? – ¡a ver! do you like it? – of course I do!;¡habráse visto!: ¡habráse visto qué cara dura/mal genio tiene! you'd never believe what a cheek/temper he has!;¡hay que ver! [indica sorpresa] would you believe it!;[indica indignación] it makes me mad!;¡hay que ver qué lista es! you wouldn't believe how clever she is!;¡hay que ver cuánto se gasta estando de vacaciones! it's amazing how much you spend when you're on Br holiday o US vacation!;para que veas: no le tengo ningún rencor, ¡para que veas! I don't bear him any hard feelings, in case you were wondering;Famno poder ver a alguien (ni en pintura): no lo puedo ver I can't stand (the sight of) him3. [imaginar] to see;ya veo tu foto en los periódicos I can (just) see your photo in the newspapers;francamente, yo no la veo casada to be honest, I find it hard to see her getting married4. [comprobar] to see;ir a ver lo que pasa to go and see what's going on;ve a ver si quedan cervezas go and see if o have a look if there are any beers left;veré qué puedo hacer I'll see what I can do;queda por ver si ésta es la mejor solución it remains to be seen whether this is the best solution;eso está por ver, eso habrá que verlo that remains to be seen;veamos let's see5. [tratar, estudiar] [tema, problema] to look at;el lunes veremos la lección 6 we'll do lesson 6 on Monday;como ya hemos visto en anteriores capítulos… as we have seen in previous chapters…6. [reconocer] [sujeto: médico, especialista] to have o take a look at;Andes, RPel televisor no funciona, tengo que hacerlo ver the television's not working, I must get someone to have a look at it o get it seen to7. [visitar, citarse con] to see;tienes que ir a ver al médico you ought to see the doctor;ven a vernos cuando quieras come and see us any time you like;mañana vamos a ver a mis padres we're seeing my parents tomorrow;hace siglos que no la veo I haven't seen her for ages;últimamente no los veo mucho I haven't seen much of them recently9. [en juegos de naipes] to see;las veo I'll see you♦ vi1. [percibir con los ojos] to see;ver bien/mal to have good/poor eyesight;no veo bien de cerca/de lejos I'm long-sighted/short-sighted;¿ves bien ahí? can you see all right from there?;Famque no veo: tengo un hambre/sueño que no veo I'm incredibly hungry/tired;Famque no veas: hace un frío/calor que no veas it's incredibly cold/hot;los vecinos arman un ruido que no veas the neighbours are unbelievably noisy;hasta más ver [adiós] see you soon2. [hacer la comprobación] to see;la casa está en muy buenas condiciones – ya veo the house is in very good condition – so I see;es muy sencillo, ya verás it's quite simple, you'll see;creo que me queda uno en el almacén, iré a ver I think I have one left in the storeroom, I'll just go and see o look;vendrá en el periódico – voy a ver it'll be in the newspaper – I'll go and see o look;tú sigue sin estudiar y verás you'll soon see what happens if you carry on not studying;¿ves?, te lo dije (you) see? I told you so;ver para creer seeing is believing3. [decidir]¿lo harás? – ya veré will you do it? – I'll see;ya veremos we'll see4. [en juegos de naipes]¡veo! I'll see you!5. [como muletilla]verás, tengo algo muy importante que decirte listen o look, I've got something very important to say to you;¿qué ha pasado? – pues, verás, yo estaba… what happened? – well, you see, I was…6.a ver: a ver cuánto aguantas en esa postura let's see how long you can hold that position;a ver cuándo vienes a vernos you must come and see us some time;no subas al tejado, a ver si te vas a caer don't go up on the roof, you might fall;¡a ver si tienes más cuidado con lo que dices! you should be a bit more careful what you say!;¿a ver? [mirando con interés] let me see, let's have a look;Col¡a ver! [al teléfono] hello?;a ver, ¿qué te pasa? let's see, what's wrong?;a ver, antes de empezar… let's see, right, before starting…;vamos a ver let's see* * *<part visto>I v/t1 L.Am. ( mirar) look at; televisión watch2 see;sin ser visto unseen, without being seen;la vi ayer en la reunión I saw her yesterday at the meeting;no puede verla fig he can’t stand the sight of her;tengo un hambre que no veo fam I’m starving oravenous;me lo veía venir I could see it coming;te veo venir fig I know what you’re after3 ( visitar):fui a ver al médico I went to see the doctor4 ( opinar):¿cómo lo ves? what do you think?5 ( entender):me hizo ver que estaba equivocado she made me see that I was wrong;¿(lo) ves? (do) you see?7:no tiene nada que ver con it doesn’t have anything to do withII v/i1 L.Am. ( mirar) look;ve aquí dentro look in here2 see;no veo bien sin gafas I don’t see too well without my glasses3 ( considerar):está por ver that remains to be seen;ya veremos we’ll see;vamos a ver let’s see;a ver let’s see, now then:¡hay que ver! would you believe it!;¡para que veas! so there!* * *ver {88} vt1) : to seevimos la película: we saw the movie2) entender: to understandya lo veo: now I get it3) examinar: to examine, to look intolo veré: I'll take a look at it4) juzgar: to see, to judgea mi manera de ver: to my way of thinking5) visitar: to meet with, to visit6) averiguar: to find out7)a ver orvamos a ver : let's seever vi1) : to see2) enterarse: to learn, to find out3) entender: to understand* * *ver vb2. (mirar) to watch3. (parecer) to look -
89 SKJÓTA
* * *(skýt; skaut, skutum; skotinn), v.1) to shoot with a weapon, with dat. (skjóta öru, spjóti, kólfi);vera skotinn spjóti í gegnum, to be shot through with a spear;skjóta af boga, to shoot with a bow;with the object shot at in acc. (skjóta dýr, mann, sel, fugl);skjóta at e-m, til e-s, to shoot at one;skjóta til hœfis, to shoot at a mark;skjóta brú af, to draw the bridge off or away;skjóta skildi fyrir sik, to put a shield before one;skjóta loku fyrir, to shoot the bolt, lock the door;skjóta frá lokum, to unlock;skjóta e-u fyrir borð, to ‘shoot’ overboard;skjóta skipum á vatn, to launch ships;skjóta báti, to launch a boat from the shore;skjóta útan báti, to shove out a boat;skjóta hesti uridir e-n, to put a horse under one, to mount him;var mér hér skotit á land, I was put ashore here;skjóta e-u niðr, to thrust it down (hann skaut svá fast niðr skildinum, at);skjóta e-m brott or undan, to let one escape;skjóta undan peningum, to abstract, embezzle money;skjóta e-u í hug e-m to suggest to one (þá skaut guð því ráði í hug þeim);skjóta upp hvítum skildi, to hoist a white shield;skjóta upp vita, skjóta eldi í vita, to light up a beacon;skjóta land-tjaldi, to pitch a tent;skjóta á fylking, to draw up in battle array;skjóta á husþingi, to call a meeting together;skjóta á eyrendi, to make a speech;skjóta fótum undir sik, to take to one’s heels, to run;barnit skaut öndu upp, the child began to breathe;skjóta e-u of öxl, to throw off one’s shoulder;vér tólf dómendr, er málum þessum er t il skotit, to whom these suits are handed over;skýt ek því til gúðs ok góðra manna, at, I call God and all good men to witness, that;4) to pay (hann skaut einn fyrir sveitunga sína alla);5) impers., e-u skýtr upp, it shoots up, emerges, comes forth;upp skýtr jörðunni þá ór sænum, then the earth rises from the sea;skaut upp jörðu dag frá degi, the earth appeared day by day (as the snow melted);þó at þér skyti því í hug, though it shot into thy mind, occurred to thee;þeim skaut skelk í bringu, they were panic-stricken;sem kólfi skyti, swift as a dart;6) refl., skjótast.* * *skýt, pret. skaut, skauzt (skauztu rhyming with laust, Fms. vi. in a verse), skaut, pl. skutu; subj. skyti; imperat. skjót, skjóttú; part. skotinn: [A. S. sceôtan, scyttan; Engl. shoot and shut; Dan. skyde; Germ. schiessen.]A. To shoot with a weapon, the weapon being in dat.; skjóta öru (örum), spjóti, fleini, skutli, kesju, kólfi …, Fms. i. 44, x. 308, 362, Eg. 380; þeir þykkjask eigi hafa skotið betra skot, Fms. vii. 211; vera skotinn spjóti í gögnum, shot through with a spear, Nj. 274: the object shot at in acc., skjóta dýr, fugla, sela, Edda 16, Nj. 95, Ld. 56, Fms. x. 356, 362, and passim: also, s. til e-s, to shoot at; s. til fugls, Orkn. 346; s. til hæfis, to shoot at a mark, Fms. ii. 268; s. kesju at e-m, Eg. 380; allir skutu at Baldri, Edda 37.II. to shoot, to push or shove quickly; skjóta loku fyrir (or frá) hurðu (dyrum), to shoot the bolt, lock the door; s. frá lokum, to unlock, Lv. 60; hann lagðisk niðr ok skaut fyrir loku, Eg. 601; skaut hann þá frá lokum, Fms. vi. 189; þeir lögðu hann í kistu ok skutu síðan fyrir borð, and shot the chest overboard, Eg. 127; skaut Egill yfir brúnni, E. shot the bridge over the ditch, 531; s. brú af, to draw the bridge off or away, Fms. xi. 370; s. skipum á vatn, to launch the ships into water, ix. 501; s. báti, to launch a boat from the shore, Nj. 133; s. útan báti, to shove out a boat, 272; brauð þat er hón hafði í ofninn skotið, Hom. 114; menn er í ofn vóru skotnir, 117; var þeim skotið í eld brennanda, Eg. 232; then in all kinds of relations, s. hesti uudir e-n, to put a horse under one, mount him, Eg. 397, 602, Fms. vii. 21; var mér hér skotið á land, I was put ashore here, Nj. 45; s. e-m upp á land, id., Fms. i. 131; s. barni heim af fóstri, to send back a bairn from the fóstr, Grág. i. 276; s. e-m brott, to let one escape, Fms. ix. 420; s. e-m undan, id., vi. 116, vii. 250; s. niðr úmaga, to leave a pauper behind, place him there, Grág. i. 296, 297; s. fé á brott (undan), to abstract, embezzle money, 334; þetta líkar Þórdísi ílla ok skýtr undan peningunum, Korm. 150; skjóttú diametro sólarinnar í tvá staði, divide it into two, Rb. 462; þá skaut Guð því ráði í hug þeim, put this rede into their mind, 655. 3; s. upp hvítum skildi, to hoist a white shield, Fms. x. 347; s. upp vita, to light up the beacon, Hkr. i. 148; þá varð engum vita upp skotið, Orkn. 266; vita-karlinn skaut eldi í vitann, lighted up the beacon, Fms. viii. 188; s. land-tjaldi, to pitch a tent, Nj. 157; var skotið um hann skjaldborg, 274; s. á skjaldborg, to draw up a s., Fms. vii. 70; s. á fylking, to draw up in battle array, Ó. H. 209; s. á húsþingi, to call a meeting together, Eg. 357; s. á eyrendi, to make a speech, Fms. i. 215; skýtr or skýtsk mjök í tvau horn um e-t, see horn B.I. 2; s. fótum undir sik, to take to one’s heels, to run, Fms. viii. 358; hann skaut sér út hjá þeim, shot out, escaped, vi. 189; harm hljóp upp á altarit, ok skaut á knjám sínum, ix. 462; barnit skaut öndu upp, the bairn began to breathe, Hkr. ii. 199; s. skildi fyrir sik, to put a shield before one, Eg. 378, Nj. 156; s. skjóli yfir e-n, to protect (see skjól); Máriusúðin skaut lykkjunum, she (the ship) shivered, Fms. viii. 199; þá segisk, at hann skyti í fyrstu þessu orði, eldisk árgalinn nú, he is said to have let this word slip, to have said, vi. 251; s. e-u of öxl, to throw it off one’s shoulder, Gg. 6; s. e-u á frest, to put off, delay: skjóta augum, to look askance, Eg. (in a verse), from which the mod. gjóta augum is a corruption.III. metaph. to shift or transfer a case to another, appeal; skutu þau til ráða Ólafs, Ld. 74; s. þrætu til ór skurðar e-s, Fms. vii. 203; því skýt ek til Guðs, i. 3; s. sínu máli á Guðs vald, x. 103; s. þessu máli til Frosta-þings …, þeir skutu þangat sínu máli, i. 32; vér tólf dómendr, er málum þessum er til skotið, Nj. 188; s. máli á fylkis-þing, N. G. L. i. 21; skýt ek því til Guðs ok góðra manna, Nj. 176; menn þá er hann skaut ráðum undir, whom he took as his counsel, Fms. vii. 308.IV. [A. S. scot; Engl. shot, scot, see skot, I and II]:—to pay; rétt er at fimm búar virði gripinn, ok skal hann þá skjóta í móti slíku, er þeir virða gripinn dýrra enn hans skuld var fyrir öndverðu, Grág. i. 412; skjóta fé saman, to club money together, make a collection, Mar.; þeir skutu saman fjár-hlutum sínum hverr eptir efnum, Hom, 123 (samskot); hann skaut einn fyrir sveitunga sína alla ( he paid their scot) þá er þeir sátu í skytningum, Ld. 312 (see skytningr).V. impers., e-u skýtr upp, it shoots up, emerges, comes forth; upp skýtr jörðunni þá ór sænum, Edda 44; skaut upp jörðu dag frá degi, the earth appeared day by day (as the snow melted), Fms. ii. 228; þó at þér skyti því í hug, though it shot into thy mind, occurred to thee, Band. 37 new Ed.; þeim skaut skelk í bringu, they were panic-stricken, Ld. 78, Eg. 49, Fb. i. 418 (see skelkr); mjök skýtr mornar vakri, she is much tossed, Hallfred; sveita skaut á skjaldrim, the shield-rim was blood-shot, blood-stained, Orkn. (in a verse); sem kólfi skyti, swift as a dart, Fms. ii. 183.B. Reflex. to shoot, start, move, slip away; Skíði frá ek at skauzt á fætr, S. started to his feet, Skíða R. 52; Björn skauzk aptr síðan at baki Kára, B. shot or slipped behind Kári’s back, Nj. 262; at menn hans skytisk eigi frá honum, lest they should slip away, abscond, Fms. vii. 49; vildi ljósta Gretti, en hann skautzk undan, started away from the blow, Grett. 91 A; þeir fálmauðu af hræðslu, ok skutusk hingað ok þingat undan geislum hans, Niðr. 5; þó at fé hans skjótisk fyrir garðsenda, to slip through by the end of the fence, Grág. ii. 263; nú skýzk maðr undan tali (evades,) N. G. L. i. 97; kemr í hug, at hann mun skotisk hafa undan, ok vilja eigi fara, Ísl. ii. 334: skjótask yfir (impers.), to skip, slip over; mér hefir skotisk yfir að telja hann, þeim hafði yfir skotisk um þetta, they had made a false calculation, Ld. 100; þá skjótumk ek mjök yfir, then I am much mistaken, Skálda (Thorodd); skýzt þeim mörgum vísdómrinn sem betri ván er at, Grett. 25 new Ed.: skjótask e-m, to fail; margir skutusk honum, many forsook him, Fms. i. 22; skutusk þá margir við Þórð í trúnaðinum, many proved false to Thord, Sturl. iii. 75 C; vildi dýrið ljósta þeim hramminum seni heill var, ok skauzk á stúfinn, and stumbled, reeled on the stump of the other leg, Grett. 101 A; hann var nokkut við aldr, ok skauzk á fótum ( and tottered on his legs), ok þó hinn karlmannligsti, Háv. 45: also in the law phrase, hafa e-u fyrir skotið, to have a case forfeited, N. G. L. i. 52, 53; ef hann stefnir eigi … þá er þeim váttum fyrir skotið, then the witnesses are valueless, 54 (cp. Dan. for-skyde).2. reflex., in the mod. skjótask, to go on a short errand, pay a short visit; viltu ekki skjótast með bréfið að tarna? eg ætla að skjútast inn sem snöggvast, bíddu meðan eg skýzt inn, and the like.II. recipr., skjótask á, to exchange shots, Fms. i. 93, vii. 54.III. part., of corn, to shoot; rúgakr al-skotinn, Þiðr. 180. -
90 thing
вещь имя существительное: -
91 Thing
Вещь имя существительное: -
92 विषयः _viṣayḥ
विषयः 1 An object of sense; (these are five, corres- ponding to the five organs of sense; रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द corresponding to the eye, tongue, nose, skin, and ear); श्रुतिविषयगुणा या स्थिता व्याप्य विश्वम् Ś.1.1.-2 A worldly object or concern, an affair, a transaction.-3 The pleasures of sense, worldly or sensual objects (usually in pl.); यौवने विषयैषिणाम् R.1.8; शब्दादीन् विषयान् भोक्तुम् 1.25; विषयव्यावृत्तकौतूहलः V.1.9; निर्विष्टविषयस्नेहः 12.1;3.7;8.1;19.49; विषया विनिवर्तन्ते निराहारस्य देहिनः Bg.2.59.-4 An object, a thing, matter; नार्यो न जग्मुर्विषयान्तराणि R.7.12;8.89.-5 An object or thing aimed at, mark, object; भूयिष्ठ- मन्यविषया न तु दृष्टिरस्याः Ś.1.3; Śi.9.4.-6 Scope, range, reach, compass; सौमित्रेरपि पत्रिणामविषये तत्र प्रिये क्वासि भोः U.3.45; यस्मिन्नीश्वर इत्यनन्यविषयः शब्दो यथार्थाक्षरः V. 1.1; सकलवचनानामविषयः Māl.1.3,36; U.5.19; Ku.6. 17.-7 Department, sphere, province, field, element; सर्वत्रौदरिकस्याभ्यवहार्यमेव विषयः V.3.-8 A subject, subject- matter, topic; अयि मलयज महिमायं कस्य गिरामस्तु विषयस्ते Bv.1.11; so शृङ्गारविषयको ग्रन्थः 'treating of love'.-9 The topic or subject to be explained, general head; the first of the five members of an Adhikaraṇa q. v.-1 A place spot; परिसरविषयेषु लीढमुक्ताः Ki.5.38.-11 A country, realm, domain, territory, district, king- dom; 'विषयः स्यादिन्द्रियार्थे देशे जनपदे$पि च' इति विश्वः; अप्रविष्ट- विषयस्य सक्षसाम् R.11.18; Pt.2.2.-12 A refuge, an asylum.-13 A collection of villages.-14 A lover, husband.-15 Semen virile.-16 A religious observance.-17 A symbolical expression for the number 'five'. (विषये means 'with regard or reference to', 'in respect of', 'in the case of', 'regarding', 'concerning'; या तत्रास्ते युवतिविषये सृष्टिराद्येव धातुः Me.84; स्त्रीणां विषये; धनविषये &c.)-Comp. -अज्ञानम् sleepiness, exhaustion.-अधिकृतः the governor of a province.-अधिपतिः the king.-अभिरतिः 1 attachment to objects of sense or worldly pleasures; द्विषतां वधेन विषयाभिरतिम् (अभिलष्यति) Ki.6. 44; so अभिलाषः Ki.3.13.-आत्मक a.1 consisting of worldly objects.-2 carnal, sensual.-आसक्त, -निरत a. addicted to sensual objects, sensualist, worldly-minded.-आसक्तिः, -उपसेवा, -निरतिः f.,-प्रसंगः addiction to pleasures of sense, sensuality.-एषिन् a. addicted to worldly objects; यौवने विषयैषिणाम् R.1.8.-कर्मन् worldly business.-ग्रामः the collection of the objects of sense.-ज्ञः a specialist.-निरतिः attachment to sensual objects.-निह्नुतिः negation with regard to an object; शौशिर्यमभ्युपत्यैव परेष्वात्मनि कामिना । औष्ण्यंप्रकाशनात्तस्य सैषा विषयनिह्नुतिः ॥ Kāv.2.36.-पतिः the governor of a province.-पराङ्मुख a. averse from mundane affairs.-प्रवण a. attached to objects of sense; Kull. on Ms. 2.99.-लोलुप a. eager for sensual enjoyment.-संगः addiction to sensual objects; सो$नुभूयासुखोदर्कान् दोषान् विषयसंगजान् Ms.12.18.-सुखम् the pleasures of sense.-स्नेहः, -स्पृहा desire for sensual objects. -
93 FYRIR
* * *prep.I. with dat.1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);fyrir dyrum, before the door;2) before one, in one’s presence;hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;3) for;hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;4) before one, in one’s way;fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;5) naut. term. before, off;liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;6) before, at the head of, over;vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;7) of time, ago;fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;fyrir stundu, a while ago;fyrir löngu, long ago;vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);8) before, above, superior to;Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;11) because of, for;hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;fyrir hræðslu, for fear;illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;fyrir því at, because, since, as;12) against;gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;13) fyrir sér, of oneself;mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;14) denoting manner or quality, with;hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;II. with acc.1) before, in front of;halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;2) before, into the presence of;stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;3) over;hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;5) round, off;sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;6) along, all along;fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;8) for, on behalf of;vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;9) for, for the benefit of;þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);10) for, instead of, in place of, as;11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;12) denoting value, price;fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;fyrir handan á, beyond the river;fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;III. as adverb or ellipt.1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;2) first;mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;3) at hand, present, to the fore;föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).* * *prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.A. LOCAL:I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.C. METAPH.:I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.X. as adverb or ellipt.,1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.A. LOCAL:I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.C. METAPH.:I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence. -
94 use
━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━1. noun━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━1. nouna. ( = act of using) utilisation f• care is necessary in the use of chemicals il faut prendre des précautions quand on utilise des produits chimiques► for + use• to go out of use tomber en désuétude► to make good use of sth [+ time, money] faire bon usage de qch ; [+ opportunity, facilities] tirer parti de qch• to put sth to good use [+ time, money] faire bon usage de qch ; [+ opportunity, facilities] mettre qch à profitb. ( = way of using) it has many uses cela a de nombreux usagesc. ( = usefulness) utilité f• oh, what's the use? (inf) à quoi bon ?• is this (of) any use to you? est-ce que cela peut vous être utile ?• it's no use, he won't listen (inf) ça ne sert à rien, il ne veut rien entendred. ( = ability to use, access) usage ma. ( = make use of) [+ object, tool] se servir de, utiliser ; [+ force] utiliser ; [+ opportunity] profiter de ; [+ method] employer ; [+ drugs] prendre• are you using this? vous servez-vous de ceci ?• use your eyes! sers-toi de tes yeux !b. ( = use up) utiliser (tout)• have you used all the paint? avez-vous utilisé toute la peinture ?• what did he use to do on Sundays? (inf) qu'est-ce qu'il faisait (d'habitude) le dimanche ?━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━✦ Lorsque use est un nom, le se final se prononce s: ju:s, lorsque c'est un verbe, il se prononce z: ju:z, sauf dans les expressions use to ou used to, où se et sed se prononcent s et st: ju:s, ju:st.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► use up [ju:zˈʌp]* * *1. [juːs]1) [U] ( act of using) (of substance, object, machine) emploi m, utilisation f (of de); (of word, expression, language) emploi m, usage m (of de)the use of force — le recours à la force, l'usage de la force
the use of something as/for something — l'emploi or l'utilisation de quelque chose comme/pour quelque chose
for the use of somebody —
for use by somebody — (customer, staff) à l'usage de quelqu'un
to put something to good use —
while the machine is in use — lorsque la machine est en service or en fonctionnement
a word in common ou general use — un mot d'usage courant
out of ou no longer in use — [machine] ( broken) hors service; ( because obsolete) plus utilisé; [word, expression] plus en usage
this machine came into use in the 1950s — cette machine a fait son apparition pendant les années cinquante
2) [C] ( way of using) (of resource, object, material) utilisation f; ( of term) emploi mto have no further use for something/somebody — ne plus avoir besoin de quelque chose/quelqu'un
3) ( right to use)to have the use of — avoir l'usage de [house, car, kitchen]; avoir la jouissance de [garden]
to lose/still have the use of one's legs — perdre/conserver l'usage de ses jambes
with use of — avec usage de [kitchen]
4) ( usefulness)to be of use — être utile (to à)
to be (of) no use — [object] ne servir à rien; [person] n'être bon à rien
to be (of) no use to somebody — [object] ne pas servir à quelqu'un; [person] n'être d'aucune utilité à quelqu'un
2. [juːz]oh, what's the use? — oh, et puis à quoi bon?
transitive verb1) ( employ) se servir de, utiliser [object, car, room, money, tool]; employer, utiliser [method]; employer [word, expression]; profiter de, saisir [opportunity]; faire jouer [influence]; avoir recours à [blackmail, force, power]; utiliser [knowledge, talent]to use something/somebody as something — se servir de quelque chose/quelqu'un comme quelque chose
to use something for something/to do — se servir de or utiliser quelque chose pour quelque chose/pour faire
to be used for something/to do — servir à quelque chose/à faire, être utilisé pour quelque chose/pour faire
use your head ou loaf! — (colloq) fais marcher un peu ta cervelle! (colloq)
I could use (colloq) a drink! — j'aurais bien besoin d'un verre!
3) ( exploit) péj se servir de [person]4) ( take habitually) prendre [drugs]3.used past participle adjective [car] d'occasion; [crockery] salePhrasal Verbs:- use up -
95 ad
ad, prep. with acc. (from the fourth century after Christ written also at; Etrusc. suf. -a; Osc. az; Umbr. and Old Lat. ar, as [p. 27] in Eug. Tab., in S. C. de Bacch., as arveho for adveho; arfuerunt, arfuisse, for adfuerunt, etc.; arbiter for adbiter; so, ar me advenias, Plant. Truc. 2, 2, 17; cf. Prisc. 559 P.; Vel. Long. 2232 P.; Fabretti, Glos. Ital. col. 5) [cf. Sanscr. adhi; Goth. and Eng. at; Celt. pref. ar, as armor, i.e. ad mare; Rom. a].I.As antith. to ab (as in to ex), in a progressive order of relation, ad denotes, first, the direction toward an object; then the reaching of or attaining to it; and finally, the being at or near it.A.In space.1.Direction toward, to, toward, and first,a.Horizontally:b.fugere ad puppim colles campique videntur,
the hills and fields appear to fly toward the ship, Lucr. 4, 390: meridie umbrae cadunt ad septentrionem, ortu vero ad occasum, to or toward the north and west, Plin. 2, 13, and so often of the geog. position of a place in reference to the points of compass, with the verbs jacere, vergere, spectare, etc.:Asia jacet ad meridiem et austrum, Europa ad septentriones et aquiionem,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 31 Mull.;and in Plin. very freq.: Creta ad austrum... ad septentrionem versa, 4, 20: ad Atticam vergente, 4, 21 al.—Also trop.: animus alius ad alia vitia propensior,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 37, 81.—In a direction upwards (esp. in the poets, very freq.): manusque sursum ad caelum sustulit, Naev. ap. Non. 116, 30 (B. Pun. p. 13, ed. Vahl.): manus ad caeli templa tendebam lacrimans, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 20, 40 (Ann. v. 50 ed. Vahl.); cf.:c.duplices tendens ad sidera palmas,
Verg. A. 1, 93: molem ex profundo saxeam ad caelum vomit, Att. ap. Prisc. 1325 P.: clamor ad caelum volvendus, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 104 Mull. (Ann. v. 520 ed. Vahl.) (cf. with this: tollitur in caelum clamor, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, or Ann. v. 422):ad caelumque ferat flammai fulgura rursum, of Aetna,
Lucr. 1, 725; cf. id. 2, 191; 2, 325: sidera sola micant;ad quae sua bracchia tendens, etc.,
Ov. M. 7, 188:altitudo pertingit ad caelum,
Vulg. Dan. 4, 17.—Also in the direction downwards (for the usu. in):2.tardiore semper ad terras omnium quae geruntur in caelo effectu cadente quam visu,
Plin. 2, 97, 99, § 216.The point or goal at which any thing arrives.a.Without reference to the space traversed in passing, to, toward (the most common use of this prep.): cum stupro redire ad suos popularis, Naev. ap. Fest. p. 317 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 14 ed. Vahl.):(α).ut ex tam alto dignitatis gradu ad superos videatur potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,
Cic. Lael. 3, 12: ad terras decidat aether, Lucan. 2, 58. —Hence,With verbs which designate going, coming, moving, bearing, bringing near, adapting, taking, receiving, calling, exciting, admonishing, etc., when the verb is compounded with ad the prep. is not always repeated, but the constr. with the dat. or acc. employed; cf. Rudd. II. pp. 154, 175 n. (In the ante-class. per., and even in Cic., ad is generally repeated with most verbs, as, ad eos accedit, Cic. Sex. Rosc. 8:(β).ad Sullam adire,
id. ib. 25:ad se adferre,
id. Verr. 4, 50:reticulum ad naris sibi admovebat,
id. ib. 5, 27:ad laborem adhortantur,
id. de Sen. 14:T. Vectium ad se arcessit,
id. Verr. 5, 114; but the poets of the Aug. per., and the historians, esp. Tac., prefer the dative; also, when the compound verb contains merely the idea of approach, the constr. with ad and the acc. is employed; but when it designates increase, that with the dat. is more usual: accedit ad urbem, he approaches the city; but, accedit provinciae, it is added to the province.)—Ad me, te, se, for domum meam, tuam, suam (in Plaut. and Ter. very freq.):(γ).oratus sum venire ad te huc,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 1, 12: spectatores plaudite atque ite ad vos comissatum, id. Stich. fin.:eamus ad me,
Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 64:ancillas traduce huc ad vos,
id. Heaut. 4, 4, 22:transeundumst tibi ad Menedemum,
id. 4, 4, 17: intro nos vocat ad sese, tenet intus apud se, Lucil. ap. Charis. p. 86 P.:te oro, ut ad me Vibonem statim venias,
Cic. Att. 3, 3; 16, 10 al.—Ad, with the name of a deity in the gen., is elliptical for ad templum or aedem (cf.:(δ).Thespiadas, quae ad aedem Felicitatis sunt,
Cic. Verr. 4, 4; id. Phil. 2, 35:in aedem Veneris,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 120;in aedem Concordiae,
Cic. Cat. 3, 9, 21;2, 6, 12): ad Dianae,
to the temple of, Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 43:ad Opis,
Cic. Att. 8, 1, 14:ad Castoris,
id. Quint. 17:ad Juturnae,
id. Clu. 101:ad Vestae,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 35 al.: cf. Rudd. II. p. 41, n. 4, and p. 334.—With verbs which denote a giving, sending, informing, submitting, etc., it is used for the simple dat. (Rudd. II. p. 175): litteras dare ad aliquem, to send or write one a letter; and: litteras dare alicui, to give a letter to one; hence Cic. never says, like Caesar and Sall., alicui scribere, which strictly means, to write for one (as a receipt, etc.), but always mittere, scribere, perscribere ad aliquem:(ε).postea ad pistores dabo,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 119:praecipe quae ad patrem vis nuntiari,
id. Capt. 2, 2, 109:in servitutem pauperem ad divitem dare,
Ter. Ph. 4, 3, 48:nam ad me Publ. Valerius scripsit,
Cic. Fam. 14, 2 med.:de meis rebus ad Lollium perscripsi,
id. ib. 5, 3:velim domum ad te scribas, ut mihi tui libri pateant,
id. Att. 4, 14; cf. id. ib. 4, 16:ad primam (sc. epistulam) tibi hoc scribo,
in answer to your first, id. ib. 3, 15, 2:ad Q. Fulvium Cons. Hirpini et Lucani dediderunt sese,
Liv. 27, 15, 1; cf. id. 28, 22, 5.—Hence the phrase: mittere or scribere librum ad aliquem, to dedicate a book to one (Greek, prosphônein):has res ad te scriptas, Luci, misimus, Aeli,
Lucil. Sat. 1, ap. Auct. Her. 4, 12:quae institueram, ad te mittam,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 5: ego interea admonitu tuo perfeci sane argutulos libros ad Varronem;and soon after: mihi explices velim, maneasne in sententia, ut mittam ad eum quae scripsi,
Cic. Att. 13, 18; cf. ib. 16; Plin. 1, 19.—So in titles of books: M. Tullii Ciceronis ad Marcum Brutum Orator; M. T. Cic. ad Q. Fratrem Dialogi tres de Oratore, etc.—In the titles of odes and epigrams ad aliquem signifies to, addressed to. —With names of towns after verbs of motion, ad is used in answer to the question Whither? instead of the simple acc.; but commonly with this difference, that ad denotes to the vicinity of, the neighborhood of:(ζ).miles ad Capuam profectus sum, quintoque anno post ad Tarentum,
Cic. de Sen. 4, 10; id. Fam. 3, 81:ad Veios,
Liv. 5, 19; 14, 18; cf. Caes. B. G. 1, 7; id. B. C. 3, 40 al.—Ad is regularly used when the proper name has an appellative in apposition to it:ad Cirtam oppidum iter constituunt,
Sall. J. 81, 2; so Curt. 3, 1, 22; 4, 9, 9;or when it is joined with usque,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 34, § 87; id. Deiot, 7, 19.— (When an adjective is added, the simple acc. is used poet., as well as with ad:magnum iter ad doctas proficisci cogor Athenas,
Prop. 3, 21, 1; the simple acc., Ov. H. 2, 83: doctas jam nunc eat, inquit, Athenas).—With verbs which imply a hostile movement toward, or protection in respect to any thing, against = adversus:(η).nonne ad senem aliquam fabricam fingit?
Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 34:Lernaeas pugnet ad hydras,
Prop. 3, 19, 9: neque quo pacto fallam, nec quem dolum ad eum aut machinam commoliar, old poet in Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 73:Belgarum copias ad se venire vidit,
Caes. B. G. 2, 5; 7, 70:ipse ad hostem vehitur,
Nep. Dat. 4, 5; id. Dion. 5, 4: Romulus ad regem impetus facit (a phrase in which in is commonly found), Liv. 1, 5, 7, and 44, 3, 10:aliquem ad hostem ducere,
Tac. A. 2, 52:clipeos ad tela protecti obiciunt,
Verg. A. 2, 443:munio me ad haec tempora,
Cic. Fam. 9, 18:ad hos omnes casus provisa erant praesidia,
Caes. B. G. 7, 65; 7, 41;so with nouns: medicamentum ad aquam intercutem,
Cic. Off. 3, 24:remedium ad tertianam,
Petr. Sat. 18:munimen ad imbris,
Verg. G. 2, 352:farina cum melle ad tussim siccam efficasissima est,
Plin. 20, 22, 89, § 243:ad muliebre ingenium efficaces preces,
Liv. 1, 9; 1, 19 (in these two passages ad may have the force of apud, Hand).—The repetition of ad to denote the direction to a place and to a person present in it is rare:b.nunc tu abi ad forum ad herum,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 100; cf.:vocatis classico ad concilium militibus ad tribunos,
Liv. 5 47.—(The distinction between ad and in is given by Diom. 409 P., thus: in forum ire est in ipsum forum intrare; ad forum autem ire, in locum foro proximum; ut in tribunal et ad tribunal venire non unum est; quia ad tribunal venit litigator, in tribunal vero praetor aut judex; cf. also Sen. Ep. 73, 14, deus ad homines venit, immo, quod propius est, in homines venit.)—The terminus, with ref. to the space traversed, to, even to, with or without usque, Quint. 10, 7, 16: ingurgitavit usque ad imum gutturem, Naev. ap. Non. 207, 20 (Rib. Com. Rel. p. 30): dictator pervehitur usque ad oppidum, Naev. ap. Varr. L. L. 5, § 153 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 16 ed. Vahl.):3.via pejor ad usque Baii moenia,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 96; 1, 1, 97:rigidum permanat frigus ad ossa,
Lucr. 1, 355; 1, 969:cum sudor ad imos Manaret talos,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 10:ut quantum posset, agmen ad mare extenderet,
Curt. 3, 9, 10:laeva pars ad pectus est nuda,
id. 6, 5, 27 al. —Hence the Plinian expression, petere aliquid (usque) ad aliquem, to seek something everywhere, even with one:ut ad Aethiopas usque peteretur,
Plin. 36, 6, 9, § 51 (where Jan now reads ab Aethiopia); so,vestis ad Seras peti,
id. 12, 1, 1.— Trop.:si quid poscam, usque ad ravim poscam,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 5, 10:deverberasse usque ad necem,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 13;without usque: hic ad incitas redactus,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 136; 4, 2, 52; id. Poen. 4, 2, 85; illud ad incitas cum redit atque internecionem, Lucil. ap. Non. 123, 20:virgis ad necem caedi,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; so Hor. S. 1, 2, 42; Liv. 24, 38, 9; Tac. A. 11, 37; Suet. Ner. 26; id. Dom. 8 al.Nearness or proximity in gen. = apud, near to, by, at, close by (in anteclass. per. very freq.; not rare later, esp. in the historians): pendent peniculamenta unum ad quemque pedum, trains are suspended at each foot, Enn. ap. Non. 149, 33 (Ann. v. 363 ed. Vahl.):B.ut in servitute hic ad suum maneat patrem,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 49; cf. id. ib. 2, 3, 98;3, 5, 41: sol quasi flagitator astat usque ad ostium,
stands like a creditor continually at the door, id. Most. 3, 2, 81 (cf. with same force, Att. ap. Non. 522, 25;apud ipsum astas): ad foris adsistere,
Cic. Verr. 1, 66; id. Arch. 24:astiterunt ad januam,
Vulg. Act. 10, 17:non adest ad exercitum,
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 6; cf. ib. prol. 133:aderant ad spectaculum istud,
Vulg. Luc. 23, 48: has (testas) e fenestris in caput Deiciunt, qui prope ad ostium adspiraverunt, Lucil. ap. Non. 288, 31:et nec opinanti Mors ad caput adstitit,
Lucr. 3, 959:quod Romanis ad manum domi supplementum esset,
at hand, Liv. 9, 19, 6:haec arma habere ad manum,
Quint. 12, 5, 1:dominum esse ad villam,
Cic. Sull. 20; so id. Verr. 2, 21:errantem ad flumina,
Verg. E. 6, 64; Tib. 1, 10, 38; Plin. 7, 2, § 12; Vitr. 7, 14; 7, 12; and ellipt. (cf. supra, 2. g):pecunia utinam ad Opis maneret!
Cic. Phil. 1, 17.—Even of persons:qui primum pilum ad Caesarem duxerat (for apud),
Caes. B. G. 6, 38; so id. ib. 1, 31; 3, 9; 5, 53; 7, 5; id. B. C. 3, 60:ad inferos poenas parricidii luent,
among, Cic. Phil. 14, 13:neque segnius ad hostes bellum apparatur,
Liv. 7, 7, 4: pugna ad Trebiam, ad Trasimenum, ad Cannas, etc., for which Liv. also uses the gen.:si Trasimeni quam Trebiae, si Cannarum quam Trasimeni pugna nobilior esset, 23, 43, 4.—Sometimes used to form the name of a place, although written separately, e. g. ad Murcim,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 154:villa ad Gallinas, a villa on the Flaminian Way,
Plin. 15, 30, 40, § 37: ad urbem esse (of generals), to remain outside the city (Rome) until permission was given for a triumph:“Esse ad urbem dicebantur, qui cum potestate provinciali aut nuper e provincia revertissent, aut nondum in provinciam profecti essent... solebant autem, qui ob res in provincia gestas triumphum peterent, extra urbem exspectare, donec, lege lata, triumphantes urbem introire possent,”
Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 3, 8.—So sometimes with names of towns and verbs of rest:pons, qui erat ad Genavam,
Caes. B. G. 1, 7:ad Tibur mortem patri minatus est,
Cic. Phil. 6, 4, 10:conchas ad Caietam legunt,
id. Or. 2, 6:ad forum esse,
to be at the market, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 136; id. Most. 3, 2, 158; cf. Ter. Ph. 4, 2, 8; id. And. 1, 5, 19.—Hence, adverb., ad dextram (sc. manum, partem), ad laevam, ad sinistram, to the right, to the left, or on the right, on the left:ad dextram,
Att. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 225; Plaut. Poen. 3, 4, 1; Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 44; Cic. Univ. 13; Caes. B. C. 1, 69:ad laevam,
Enn. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 51; Att. ib. p. 217: ad sinistram, Ter. [p. 28] Ad. 4, 2, 43 al.:ad dextram... ad laevam,
Liv. 40, 6;and with an ordinal number: cum plebes ad tertium milliarium consedisset,
at the third milestone, Cic. Brut. 14, 54, esp. freq. with lapis:sepultus ad quintum lapidem,
Nep. Att. 22, 4; so Liv. 3, 69 al.; Tac. H. 3, 18; 4, 60 (with apud, Ann. 1, 45; 3, 45; 15, 60) al.; cf. Rudd. II. p. 287.In time, analogous to the relations given in A.1.Direction toward, i. e. approach to a definite point of time, about, toward:2.domum reductus ad vesperum,
toward evening, Cic. Lael. 3, 12:cum ad hiemem me ex Cilicia recepissem,
toward winter, id. Fam. 3, 7.—The limit or boundary to which a space of time extends, with and without usque, till, until, to, even to, up to:3.ego ad illud frugi usque et probus fui,
Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 53:philosophia jacuit usque ad hanc aetatem,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 3, 5; id. de Sen. 14:quid si hic manebo potius ad meridiem,
Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 55; so id. Men. 5, 7, 33; id. Ps. 1, 5, 116; id. As. 2, 1, 5:ad multam noctem,
Cic. de Sen. 14:Sophocles ad summam senectutem tragoedias fecit,
id. ib. 2; cf. id. Rep. 1, 1:Alexandream se proficisci velle dixit (Aratus) remque integram ad reditum suum jussit esse,
id. Off. 2, 23, 82:bestiae ex se natos amant ad quoddam tempus,
id. Lael. 8; so id. de Sen. 6; id. Somn. Sc. 1 al. —And with ab or ab-usque, to desig. the whole period of time passed away:ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,
Cic. Att. 7, 8:usque ab aurora ad hoc diei,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 8.—Coincidence with a point of time, at, on, in, by:C.praesto fuit ad horam destinatam,
at the appointed hour, Cic. Tusc. 5, 22:admonuit ut pecuniam ad diem solverent,
on the day of payment, id. Att. 16, 16 A:nostra ad diem dictam fient,
id. Fam. 16, 10, 4; cf. id. Verr. 2, 2, 5: ad lucem denique arte et graviter dormitare coepisse, at (not toward) daybreak, id. Div. 1, 28, 59; so id. Att. 1, 3, 2; 1, 4, 3; id. Fin. 2, 31, 103; id. Brut. 97, 313:ad id tempus,
Caes. B. C. 1, 24; Sall. J. 70, 5; Tac. A. 15, 60; Suet. Aug. 87; Domit. 17, 21 al.The relations of number.1.An approximation to a sum designated, near, near to, almost, about, toward (cf. Gr. epi, pros with acc. and the Fr. pres de, a peu pres, presque) = circiter (Hand, Turs. I. p. 102):2.ad quadraginta eam posse emi minas,
Plaut. Ep. 2, 2, 111:nummorum Philippum ad tria milia,
id. Trin. 1, 2, 115; sometimes with quasi added:quasi ad quadraginta minas,
as it were about, id. Most. 3, 1, 95; so Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 93:sane frequentes fuimus omnino ad ducentos,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1:cum annos ad quadraginta natus esset,
id. Clu. 40, 110:ad hominum milia decem,
Caes. B. G. 1, 4:oppida numero ad duodecim, vicos ad quadringentos,
id. ib. 1, 5.—In the histt. and post-Aug. authors ad is added adverbially in this sense (contrary to Gr. usage, by which amphi, peri, and eis with numerals retain their power as prepositions): ad binum milium numero utrinque sauciis factis, Sisenn. ap. Non. 80, 4:occisis ad hominum milibus quattuor,
Caes. B. G. 2, 33:ad duorum milium numero ceciderunt,
id. B. C. 3, 53:ad duo milia et trecenti occisi,
Liv. 10, 17, 8; so id. 27, 12, 16; Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Rudd. II. p. 334.—The terminus, the limit, to, unto, even to, a designated number (rare):D.ranam luridam conicere in aquam usque quo ad tertiam partem decoxeris,
Varr. R. R. 1, 2, 26; cf. App. Herb. 41:aedem Junonis ad partem dimidiam detegit,
even to the half, Liv. 42, 3, 2:miles (viaticum) ad assem perdiderat,
to a farthing, to the last farthing, Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 27; Plin. Ep. 1, 15:quid ad denarium solveretur,
Cic. Quint. 4.—The phrase omnes ad unum or ad unum omnes, or simply ad unum, means lit. all to one, i. e. all together, all without exception; Gr. hoi kath hena pantes (therefore the gender of unum is changed according to that of omnes): praetor omnes extra castra, ut stercus, foras ejecit ad unum, Lucil. ap. Non. 394, 22:de amicitia omnes ad unum idem sentiunt,
Cic. Lael. 23:ad unum omnes cum ipso duce occisi sunt,
Curt. 4, 1, 22 al.:naves Rhodias afflixit ita, ut ad unam omnes constratae eliderentur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 27; onerariae omnes ad unam a nobis sunt exceptae, Cic. Fam. 12, 14 (cf. in Gr. hoi kath hena; in Hebr., Exod. 14, 28).— Ad unum without omnes:ego eam sententiam dixi, cui sunt assensi ad unum,
Cic. Fam. 10, 16:Juppiter omnipotens si nondum exosus ad unum Trojanos,
Verg. A. 5, 687.In the manifold relations of one object to another.1.That in respect of or in regard to which a thing avails, happens, or is true or important, with regard to, in respect of, in relation to, as to, to, in.a.With verbs:b.ad omnia alia aetate sapimus rectius,
in respect to all other things we grow wiser by age, Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 45:numquam ita quisquam bene ad vitam fuat,
id. ib. 5, 4, 1:nil ibi libatum de toto corpore (mortui) cernas ad speciem, nil ad pondus,
that nothing is lost in form or weight, Lucr. 3, 214; cf. id. 5, 570; Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 21, § 58; id. Mur. 13, 29: illi regi Cyro subest, ad immutandi animi licentiam, crudelissimus ille Phalaris, in that Cyrus, in regard to the liberty of changing his disposition (i. e. not in reality, but inasmuch as he is at liberty to lay aside his good character, and assume that of a tyrant), there is concealed another cruel Phalaris, Cic. Rep. 1, 28:nil est ad nos,
is nothing to us, concerns us not, Lucr. 3, 830; 3, 845:nil ad me attinet,
Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 54:nihil ad rem pertinet,
Cic. Caecin. 58;and in the same sense elliptically: nihil ad Epicurum,
id. Fin. 1, 2, 5; id. Pis. 68:Quid ad praetorem?
id. Verr. 1, 116 (this usage is not to be confounded with that under 4.).—With adjectives:c.ad has res perspicax,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:virum ad cetera egregium,
Liv. 37, 7, 15:auxiliaribus ad pugnam non multum Crassus confidebat,
Caes. B. G. 3, 25:ejus frater aliquantum ad rem est avidior,
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 51; cf. id. And. 1, 2, 21; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:ut sit potior, qui prior ad dandum est,
id. Phorm. 3, 2, 48:difficilis (res) ad credendum,
Lucr. 2, 1027:ad rationem sollertiamque praestantior,
Cic. N. D. 2, 62; so id. Leg. 2, 13, 33; id. Fin. 2, 20, 63; id. Rosc. Am. 30, 85; id. Font. 15; id. Cat. 1, 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 25, 113; 1, 32, 146; 2, 49, 200; id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; Liv. 9, 16, 13; Tac. A. 12, 54 al.—With nouns:d.prius quam tuum, ut sese habeat, animum ad nuptias perspexerit,
before he knew your feeling in regard to the marriage, Ter. And. 2, 3, 4 (cf. Gr. hopôs echei tis pros ti):mentis ad omnia caecitas,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 11:magna vis est fortunae in utramque partem vel ad secundas res vel ad adversas,
id. Off. 2, 6; so id. Par. 1:ad cetera paene gemelli,
Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 3.—So with acc. of gerund instead of the gen. from the same vb.:facultas ad scribendum, instead of scribendi,
Cic. Font. 6;facultas ad agendum,
id. de Imp. Pomp. 1, 2: cf. Rudd. II. p. 245.—In gramm.: nomina ad aliquid dicta, nouns used in relation to something, i. e. which derive their significance from their relation to another object: quae non possunt intellegi sola, ut pater, mater;2.jungunt enim sibi et illa propter quae intelleguntur,
Charis. 129 P.; cf. Prisc. 580 ib.—With words denoting measure, weight, manner, model, rule, etc., both prop. and fig., according to, agreeably to, after (Gr. kata, pros):3.columnas ad perpendiculum exigere,
Cic. Mur. 77:taleis ferreis ad certum pondus examinatis,
Caes. B. G. 5, 12: facta sunt ad certam formam. Lucr. 2, 379:ad amussim non est numerus,
Varr. 2, 1, 26:ad imaginem facere,
Vulg. Gen. 1, 26:ad cursus lunae describit annum,
Liv. 1, 19:omnia ad diem facta sunt,
Caes. B. G. 2, 5:Id ad similitudinem panis efficiebant,
id. B. C. 3, 48; Vulg. Gen. 1, 26; id. Jac. 3, 9:ad aequos flexus,
at equal angles, Lucr. 4, 323: quasi ad tornum levantur, to or by the lathe, id. 4, 361:turres ad altitudiem valli,
Caes. B. G. 5, 42; Liv. 39, 6:ad eandem crassitudinem structi,
id. 44, 11:ad speciem cancellorum scenicorum,
with the appearance of, like, Varr. R. R. 3, 5, 8:stagnum maris instar, circumseptum aedificiis ad urbium speciem,
Suet. Ner. 31:lascivum pecus ludens ad cantum,
Liv. Andron. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 1:canere ad tibiam,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 2: canere ad tibicinem, id. ib. 1, 2 (cf.:in numerum ludere,
Verg. E. 6, 28; id. G. 4, 175):quod ad Aristophanis lucernam lucubravi,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 9 Mull.: carmen castigare ad unguem, to perfection (v. unguis), Hor. A. P. 294:ad unguem factus homo,
a perfect gentleman, id. S. 1, 5, 32 (cf. id. ib. 2, 7, 86):ad istorum normam sapientes,
Cic. Lael. 5, 18; id. Mur. 3:Cyrus non ad historiae fidem scriptus, sed ad effigiem justi imperii,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:exercemur in venando ad similitudinem bellicae disciplinae,
id. N. D. 2, 64, 161: so,ad simulacrum,
Liv. 40, 6:ad Punica ingenia,
id. 21, 22:ad L. Crassi eloquentiam,
Cic. Var. Fragm. 8:omnia fient ad verum,
Juv. 6, 324:quid aut ad naturam aut contra sit,
Cic. Fin. 1, 9, 30:ad hunc modum institutus est,
id. Tusc. 2, 3; Caes. B. G. 2, 31; 3, 13:ad eundem istunc modum,
Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 70:quem ad modum, q. v.: ad istam faciem est morbus, qui me macerat,
of that kind, Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 73; id. Merc. 2, 3, 90; cf.91: cujus ad arbitrium copia materiai cogitur,
Lucr. 2, 281:ad eorum arbitrium et nutum totos se fingunt,
to their will and pleasure, Cic. Or. 8, 24; id. Quint. 71:ad P. Lentuli auctoritatem Roma contendit,
id. Rab. Post. 21:aliae sunt legati partes, aliae imperatoris: alter omnia agere ad praescriptum, alter libere ad summam rerum consulere debet,
Caes. B. C. 3, 51:rebus ad voluntatem nostram fluentibus,
Cic. Off. 1, 26:rem ad illorum libidinem judicarunt,
id. Font. 36:ad vulgi opinionem,
id. Off. 3, 21.—So in later Lat. with instar:ad instar castrorum,
Just. 36, 3, 2:scoparum,
App. M. 9, p. 232:speculi,
id. ib. 2, p. 118: ad hoc instar mundi, id. de Mundo, p. 72.—Sometimes, but very rarely, ad is used absol. in this sense (so also very rarely kata with acc., Xen. Hell. 2, 3; Luc. Dial. Deor. 8): convertier ad nos, as we (are turned), Lucr. 4, 317:ad navis feratur,
like ships, id. 4, 897 Munro. —With noun:ad specus angustiac vallium,
like caves, Caes. B. C. 3, 49.—Hence,With an object which is the cause or reason, in conformity to which, from which, or for which, any thing is or is done.a.The moving cause, according to, at, on, in consequence of:b.cetera pars animae paret et ad numen mentis momenque movetur,
Lucr. 3, 144:ad horum preces in Boeotiam duxit,
on their entreaty, Liv. 42, 67, 12: ad ea Caesar veniam ipsique et conjugi et fratribus tribuit, in consequence of or upon this, he, etc., Tac. Ann. 12, 37.—The final cause, or the object, end, or aim, for the attainment of which any thing,(α).is done,(β).is designed, or,(γ). (α).Seque ad ludos jam inde abhinc exerceant, Pac. ap. Charis. p. 175 P. (Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 80):(β).venimus coctum ad nuptias,
in order to cook for the wedding, Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 15:omnis ad perniciem instructa domus,
id. Bacch. 3, 1, 6; cf. Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 41; Liv. 1, 54:cum fingis falsas causas ad discordiam,
in order to produce dissension, Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 71:quantam fenestram ad nequitiam patefeceris,
id. Heaut. 3, 1, 72:utrum ille, qui postulat legatum ad tantum bellum, quem velit, idoneus non est, qui impetret, cum ceteri ad expilandos socios diripiendasque provincias, quos voluerunt, legatos eduxerint,
Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 19, 57:ego vitam quoad putabo tua interesse, aut ad spem servandam esse, retinebo,
for hope, id. Q. Fr. 1, 4; id. Fam. 5, 17:haec juventutem, ubi familiares opes defecerant, ad facinora incendebant,
Sall. C. 13, 4:ad speciem atque ad usurpationem vetustatis,
Cic. Agr. 2, 12, 31; Suet. Caes. 67:paucis ad speciem tabernaculis relictis,
for appearance, Caes. B. C. 2, 35; so id. ib. 2, 41; id. B. G. 1, 51.—Aut equos alere aut canes ad venandum. Ter. And. 1, 1, 30:(γ).ingenio egregie ad miseriam natus sum,
id. Heaut. 3, 1, 11;(in the same sense: in rem,
Hor. C. 1, 27, 1, and the dat., Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 6):ad cursum equum, ad arandum bovem, ad indagandum canem,
Cic. Fin. 2, 13, 40:ad frena leones,
Verg. A. 10, 253:delecto ad naves milite,
marines, Liv. 22, 19 Weissenb.:servos ad remum,
rowers, id. 34, 6; and:servos ad militiam emendos,
id. 22, 61, 2:comparasti ad lecticam homines,
Cat. 10, 16:Lygdamus ad cyathos,
Prop. 4, 8, 37; cf.:puer ad cyathum statuetur,
Hor. C. 1, 29, 8.—Quae oportet Signa esse [p. 29] ad salutem, omnia huic osse video, everything indicative of prosperity I see in him, Ter. And. 3, 2, 2:4.haec sunt ad virtutem omnia,
id. Heaut. 1, 2, 33:causa ad objurgandum,
id. And. 1, 1, 123:argumentum ad scribendum,
Cic. Att. 9, 7 (in both examples instead of the gen. of gerund., cf. Rudd. II. p. 245):vinum murteum est ad alvum crudam,
Cato R. R. 125:nulla res tantum ad dicendum proficit, quantum scriptio,
Cic. Brut. 24:reliquis rebus, quae sunt ad incendia,
Caes. B. C. 3, 101 al. —So with the adjectives idoneus, utilis, aptus, instead of the dat.:homines ad hanc rem idoneos,
Plaut. Poen. 3, 2, 6:calcei habiles et apti ad pedem,
Cic. de Or. 1, 54, 231:orator aptus tamen ad dicendum,
id. Tusc. 1, 3, 5:sus est ad vescendum hominibus apta,
id. N. D. 2, 64, 160:homo ad nullam rem utilis,
id. Off. 3, 6:ad segetes ingeniosus ager,
Ov. F. 4, 684.—(Upon the connection of ad with the gerund. v. Zumpt, § 666; Rudd. II. p. 261.)—Comparison (since that with which a thing is compared is considered as an object to which the thing compared is brought near for the sake of comparison), to, compared to or with, in comparison with:E.ad sapientiam hujus ille (Thales) nimius nugator fuit,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 25; id. Trin. 3, 2, 100:ne comparandus hic quidem ad illum'st,
Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 14; 2, 3, 69:terra ad universi caeli complexum,
compared with the whole extent of the heavens, Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:homini non ad cetera Punica ingenia callido,
Liv. 22, 22, 15:at nihil ad nostram hanc,
nothing in comparison with, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 70; so Cic. Deiot. 8, 24; and id. de Or. 2, 6, 25.Adverbial phrases with ad.1.Ad omnia, withal, to crown all:2.ingentem vim peditum equitumque venire: ex India elephantos: ad omnia tantum advehi auri, etc.,
Liv. 35, 32, 4.—Ad hoc and ad haec (in the historians, esp. from the time of Livy, and in authors after the Aug. per.), = praeterea, insuper, moreover, besides, in addition, epi toutois:3.nam quicumque impudicus, adulter, ganeo, etc.: praeterea omnes undique parricidae, etc.: ad hoc, quos manus atque lingua perjurio aut sanguine civili alebat: postremo omnes, quos, etc.,
Sall. C. 14, 2 and 3:his opinionibus inflato animo, ad hoc vitio quoque ingenii vehemens,
Liv. 6, 11, 6; 42, 1, 1; Tac. H. 1, 6; Suet. Aug. 22 al.—Ad id quod, beside that (very rare):4.ad id quod sua sponte satis conlectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,
Liv. 3, 62, 1; so 44, 37, 12.—Ad tempus.a.At a definite, fixed time, Cic. Att. 13, 45; Liv. 38, 25, 3.—b.At a fit, appropriate time, Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 54, § 141; Liv. 1, 7, 13.—c.For some time, for a short time, Cic. Off. 1, 8, 27; id. Lael. 15, 53; Liv. 21, 25, 14.—d.According to circumstances, Cic. Planc. 30, 74; id. Cael. 6, 13; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 9.—5.Ad praesens (for the most part only in post-Aug. writers).a.For the moment, for a short time, Cic. Fam. 12, 8; Plin. 8, 22, 34; Tac. A. 4, 21.—b.At present, now, Tac. A. 16, 5; id. H. 1, 44.—So, ad praesentiam, Tac. A. 11, 8.—6.Ad locum, on the spot:7.ut ad locum miles esset paratus,
Liv. 27, 27, 2.—Ad verbum, word for word, literally, Cic. Fin. 1, 2, 4; id. de Or. 1, 34, 157; id. Ac. 2, 44, 135 al.—8.Ad summam.a. b. 9.Ad extremum, ad ultimum, ad postremum.a. (α).Of place, at the extremity, extreme point, top, etc.:(β).missile telum hastili abiegno et cetera tereti, praeterquam ad extremum, unde ferrum exstabat,
Liv. 21, 8, 10.—Of time = telos de, at last, finally:(γ).ibi ad postremum cedit miles,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 52; so id. Poen. 4, 2, 22; Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89; id. Phil. 13, 20, 45; Caes. B. G. 7, 53; Liv. 30, 15, 4 al.— Hence,of order, finally, lastly, = denique: inventa componere; tum ornare oratione; post memoria sepire;b.ad extremum agere cum dignitate,
Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142.—In Liv., to the last degree, quite: improbus homo, sed non ad extremum perditus, 23, 2, 3; cf.:10.consilii scelerati, sed non ad ultimum dementis,
id. 28, 28, 8.—Quem ad finem? To what limit? How far? Cic. Cat. 1, 1; id. Verr. 5, 75.—11.Quem ad modum, v. sub h. v.► a.Ad (v. ab, ex, in, etc.) is not repeated like some other prepositions with interrog. and relative pronouns, after nouns or demonstrative pronouns:b.traducis cogitationes meas ad voluptates. Quas? corporis credo,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37 (ubi v. Kuhner).—Ad is sometimes placed after its substantive:c.quam ad,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 39:senatus, quos ad soleret, referendum censuit,
Cic. N. D. 2, 4:ripam ad Araxis,
Tac. Ann. 12, 51;or between subst. and adj.: augendam ad invidiam,
id. ib. 12, 8.—The compound adque for et ad (like exque, eque, and, poet., aque) is denied by Moser, Cic. Rep. 2, 15, p. 248, and he reads instead of ad humanitatem adque mansuetudinem of the MSS., hum. atque mans. But adque, in acc. with later usage, is restored by Hand in App. M. 10, p. 247, adque haec omnia oboediebam for atque; and in Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 9, utroque vorsum rectum'st ingenium meum, ad se adque illum, is now read, ad te atque ad illum (Fleck., Brix).II.In composition.A.Form. According to the usual orthography, the d of the ad remains unchanged before vowels, and before b, d, h, m, v: adbibo, adduco, adhibeo, admoveo, advenio; it is assimilated to c, f, g, l, n, p, r, s, t: accipio, affigo, aggero, allabor, annumero, appello, arripio, assumo, attineo; before g and s it sometimes disappears: agnosco, aspicio, asto: and before qu it passes into c: acquiro, acquiesco.—But later philologists, supported by old inscriptions and good MSS., have mostly adopted the following forms: ad before j, h, b, d, f, m, n, q, v; ac before c, sometimes, but less well, before q; ag and also ad before g; a before gn, sp, sc, st; ad and also al before l; ad rather than an before n; ap and sometimes ad before p; ad and also ar before r; ad and also as before s; at and sometimes ad before t. In this work the old orthography has commonly been retained for the sake of convenient reference, but the better form in any case is indicated.—B.Signif. In English up often denotes approach, and in many instances will give the force of ad as a prefix both in its local and in its figurative sense.1.Local.a. b.At, by: astare, adesse.—c. d.Up (cf. de- = down, as in deicio, decido): attollo, ascendo, adsurgo.—2.Fig.a.To: adjudico, adsentior.—b.At or on: admiror, adludo.—c.Denoting conformity to, or comparison with: affiguro, adaequo.—d.Denoting addition, increase (cf. ab, de, and ex as prefixes to denote privation): addoceo, adposco.—e.Hence, denoting intensity: adamo, adimpleo, aduro, and perhaps agnosco.—f.Denoting the coming to an act or state, and hence commencement: addubito, addormio, adquiesco, adlubesco, advesperascit. See more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 74-134. -
96 to
1.go to work/to the theatre — zur Arbeit/ins Theater gehen
to Paris/France — nach Paris/Frankreich
throw the ball to me — wirf mir den Ball zu
2) (towards a condition or quality) zu3) (as far as) bis zufrom London to Edinburgh — von London [bis] nach Edinburgh
increase from 10 % to 20 % — von 10 % auf 20 % steigen
with one's back to the wall — mit dem Rücken zur Wand
5) (implying comparison, ratio, etc.)[compared] to — verglichen mit; im Vergleich zu
it's ten to one he does something — die Chancen stehen zehn zu eins, dass er etwas tut
6) introducing relationship or indirect objectto somebody/something — jemandem/einer Sache (Dat.)
lend/explain etc. something to somebody — jemandem etwas leihen/erklären usw.
relate to something — sich auf etwas (Akk.) beziehen
secretary to the Minister — Sekretär des Ministers
that's all there is to it — mehr ist dazu nicht zu sagen
what's that to you? — was geht das dich an?
7) (until) bisto the end — bis zum Ende
five [minutes] to eight — fünf [Minuten] vor acht
8) with infinitive of a verb zu; expressing purpose, or after academic.ru/75540/too">too um [...] zutoo young to marry — zu jung, um zu heiraten; zu jung zum Heiraten
to rebel is pointless — es ist sinnlos zu rebellieren
he woke to find himself in a strange room — er erwachte und fand sich in einem fremden Zimmer wieder
he would have phoned but forgot to — er hätte angerufen, aber er vergaß es
2.she didn't want to go there, but she had to — sie wollte nicht hingehen, aber sie musste
[tuː] adverb1) (just not shut)be to — [Tür, Fenster:] angelehnt sein
2)* * *1. [tə,tu] preposition1) (towards; in the direction of: I cycled to the station; The book fell to the floor; I went to the concert/lecture/play.) zu, auf2) (as far as: His story is a lie from beginning to end.) bis3) (until: Did you stay to the end of the concert?) bis4) (sometimes used to introduce the indirect object of a verb: He sent it to us; You're the only person I can talk to.) zu, mit5) (used in expressing various relations: Listen to me!; Did you reply to his letter?; Where's the key to this door?; He sang to (the accompaniment of) his guitar.) zu, für6) (into a particular state or condition: She tore the letter to pieces.) in7) (used in expressing comparison or proportion: He's junior to me; Your skill is superior to mine; We won the match by 5 goals to 2.) gegenüber, zu8) (showing the purpose or result of an action etc: He came quickly to my assistance; To my horror, he took a gun out of his pocket.) zu9) ([tə] used before an infinitive eg after various verbs and adjectives, or in other constructions: I want to go!; He asked me to come; He worked hard to (= in order to) earn a lot of money; These buildings were designed to (= so as to) resist earthquakes; She opened her eyes to find him standing beside her; I arrived too late to see him.) zu, um zu10) (used instead of a complete infinitive: He asked her to stay but she didn't want to.) zu2. [tu:] adverb1) (into a closed or almost closed position: He pulled/pushed the door to.) zu2) (used in phrasal verbs and compounds: He came to (= regained consciousness).) zu sich, dran•* * *to[tu:, tu, tə]I. PREPOSITION, nach + dat, zu + datshe walked over \to the window sie ging [hinüber] zum Fenster [o ans Fenster]we're going \to town wir gehen/fahren in die Stadtthey go \to work on the bus sie fahren mit dem Bus zur ArbeitI'm going \to a party/concert ich gehe auf eine Party/ein Konzertshe has to go \to a meeting now sie muss jetzt zu einem Meeting [gehen]we moved \to Germany last year wir sind letztes Jahr nach Deutschland gezogenhe flew \to the US er flog in die USAshe's never been \to Mexico before sie ist noch nie [zuvor] in Mexiko gewesenmy first visit \to Africa mein erster Aufenthalt in Afrikathis is a road \to nowhere! diese Straße führt nirgendwohin!parallel \to the x axis parallel zur x-Achsefrom here \to the station von hier [bis] zum Bahnhofon the way \to the mountains/the sea/the town centre auf dem Weg in die Berge/zum Meer/ins [o zum] Stadtzentrum\to the north/south nördlich/südlichtwenty miles \to the north of the city zwanzig Meilen nördlich der Stadtthe suburbs are \to the west of the city die Vororte liegen im Westen der Stadtfrom place \to place von Ort zu Ort\to the right/left nach rechts/linksthere \to the right dort rechtshe's standing \to the left of Adrian er steht links neben Adrian, in + datshe goes \to kindergarten sie geht in den Kindergartenhe goes \to university er geht auf die Universitätdo you go \to church? gehst du in die Kirche?I go \to the gym twice a week ich gehe zweimal wöchentlich zum Fitnessan invitation \to a wedding eine Einladung zu einer HochzeitI've asked them \to dinner ich habe sie zum Essen eingeladenshe took me out \to lunch yesterday sie hat mich gestern zum Mittagessen ausgeführt [o eingeladenshe pointed \to a distant spot on the horizon sie zeigte auf einen fernen Punkt am Horizontto have one's back \to sth/sb etw/jdm den Rücken zudrehenback \to front verkehrt herumthey were dancing cheek \to cheek sie tanzten Wange an Wangeshe put her hand \to his breast sie legte die Hand auf seine Brustshe clasped the letter \to her bosom sie drückte den Brief an ihre Brusttie the lead \to the fence mach die Leine am Zaun festthey fixed the bookshelves \to the wall sie brachten die Bücherregale an der Wand anstick the ads \to some paper klebe die Anzeigen auf ein Blatt Papier7. (with indirect object)I lent my bike \to my brother ich habe meinem Bruder mein Fahrrad geliehengive that gun \to me gib mir das Gewehrchildren are often cruel \to each other Kinder sind oft grausam zueinanderwho's the letter addressed \to? an wen ist der Brief adressiert?what have they done \to you? was haben sie dir [an]getan?her knowledge proved useful \to him ihr Wissen erwies sich als hilfreich für ihnthey made a complaint \to the manager sie reichten beim Geschäftsleiter eine Beschwerde eina threat \to world peace eine Bedrohung des Weltfriedens [o für den Weltfrieden]to be grateful \to sb jdm dankbar seinto be married \to sb mit jdm verheiratet seinto tell/show sth \to sb jdm etw erzählen/zeigenand what did you say \to that? und was hast du dazu gesagt?he finally confessed \to the crime er gestand schließlich das Verbrechenthis is essential \to our strategy dies ist ein wesentlicher Bestandteil unserer Strategiea reference \to Psalm 22:18 ein Verweis auf Psalm 22:18her reply \to the question ihre Antwort auf die Frageand what was her response \to that? und wie lautete ihr Antwort darauf?the keys \to his car seine Autoschlüsselthe top \to this pen die Kappe, die auf diesen Stift gehörtshe has a mean side \to her sie kann auch sehr gemein seinthere is a very moral tone \to this book dieses Buch hat einen sehr moralischen Untertonthere's a funny side \to everything alles hat auch seine komische SeiteI prefer beef \to seafood ich ziehe Rindfleisch Meeresfrüchten vorshe looked about thirty \to his sixty neben ihm mit seinen sechzig Jahren wirkte sie wie dreißigto be comparable \to sth mit etw dat vergleichbar sein[to be] nothing \to sth nichts im Vergleich zu etw dat [sein]her wage is nothing \to what she could earn ihr Einkommen steht in keinem Vergleich zu dem, was sie verdienen könnteto be superior \to sb jdm übergeordnet sein, höher stehen als jdPaul beat me by three games \to two Paul hat im Spiel drei zu zwei gegen mich gewonnenManchester won three \to one Manchester hat drei zu eins gewonnen, zu + datI read up \to page 100 ich habe bis Seite 100 gelesenunemployment has risen \to almost 8 million die Arbeitslosigkeit ist auf fast 8 Millionen angestiegencount \to 20 zähle bis 20it's about fifty miles \to New York es sind [noch] etwa fünfzig Meilen bis New Yorkhe converted \to Islam er ist zum Islam übergetretenhis expression changed from amazement \to joy sein Ausdruck wechselte von Erstaunen zu Freudethe change \to the metric system der Wechsel zum metrischen Systemher promotion \to department manager ihre Beförderung zur Abteilungsleiterinthe meat was cooked \to perfection das Fleisch war bestens zubereitethe drank himself \to death er trank sich zu Todeshe nursed me back \to health sie hat mich [wieder] gesund gepflegtsmashed \to pieces in tausend Stücke geschlagenshe was close \to tears sie war den Tränen nahehe was thrilled \to bits er freute sich wahnsinnigthe shop is open \to 8.00 p.m. der Laden hat bis 20 Uhr geöffnetwe're in this \to the end wir führen dies bis zum Endeand \to this day... und bis auf den heutigen Tag...it's only two weeks \to your birthday! es sind nur noch zwei Wochen bis zu deinem Geburtstag!16. (including)▪ from... \to... von... bis...from beginning \to end von Anfang bis Endefrom morning \to night von morgens bis abendsfront \to back von vorne bis hinten, von allen SeitenI read the document front \to back ich habe das Dokument von vorne bis hinten gelesenhe's done everything from snowboarding \to windsurfing er hat von Snowboarden bis Windsurfen alles [mal] gemachtfrom simple theft \to cold-blooded murder vom einfachen Diebstahl bis zum kaltblütigen Mordit's twenty \to six es ist zwanzig vor sechs\to my relief/horror/astonishment zu meiner Erleichterung/meinem Entsetzen/meinem Erstaunenmuch \to her surprise zu ihrer großen Überraschung\to me, it sounds like she's ending the relationship für mich hört sich das an, als ob sie die Beziehung beenden wolltethat outfit looks good \to me das Outfit gefällt mir gutif it's acceptable \to you wenn Sie einverstanden sindthis would be \to your advantage das wäre zu deinem Vorteil, das wäre für dich von Vorteildoes this make any sense \to you? findest du das auf irgendeine Weise einleuchtend?fifty pounds is nothing \to him fünfzig Pfund sind nichts für ihnwhat's it \to you? ( fam) was geht dich das an?he works as a personal trainer \to the rich and famous er arbeitet als Personal Trainer für die Reichen und Berühmtenthey are hat makers \to Her Majesty the Queen sie sind Hutmacher Ihrer Majestät, der Königineconomic adviser \to the president Wirtschaftsberater des Präsidentenshe was Ophelia \to Olivier's Hamlet in der Verfilmung von Olivier spielte sie neben Hamlet die Opheliahere's \to you! auf dein/Ihr Wohl!\to the cook! auf den Koch/die Köchin!the record is dedicated \to her mother die Schallplatte ist ihrer Mutter gewidmetI propose a toast \to the bride and groom ich bringe einen Toast auf die Braut und den Bräutigam ausa memorial \to all the soldiers who died in Vietnam ein Denkmal für alle im Vietnamkrieg gefallenen Soldaten23. (per)the car gets 25 miles \to the gallon das Auto verbraucht eine Gallone auf 25 Meilenthree parts oil \to one part vinegar drei Teile Öl auf einen Teil Essigthe odds are 2 \to 1 that you'll lose die Chancen stehen 2 zu 1, dass du verlierstshe awoke \to the sound of screaming sie wurden durch laute Schreie wachI like exercising \to music ich trainiere gerne mit MusikI can't dance \to this sort of music ich kann zu dieser Art Musik nicht tanzenthe band walked on stage \to rapturous applause die Band zog unter tosendem Applaus auf die Bühnethirty \to thirty-five people dreißig bis fünfunddreißig Leuteten \to the power of three zehn hoch drei27.▶ that's all there is \to it das ist schon alles▶ there's not much [or nothing] \to it das ist nichts Besonderes, da ist nichts Besonderes dabei1. (expressing future intention) zushe agreed \to help sie erklärte sich bereit zu helfenI'll have \to tell him ich werde es ihm sagen müssenI don't expect \to be finished any later than seven ich denke, dass ich spätestens um sieben fertig sein werdehe lived \to see his first grandchild er durfte erleben, dass sein erstes Enkelkind geboren wurdeI have \to go on a business trip ich muss auf eine Geschäftsreisethe company is \to pay over £500,000 die Firma muss über 500.000 Pfund bezahlenhe's going \to write his memoirs er wird seine Memoiren schreibenI have some things \to be fixed ich habe einige Dinge zu reparierenBlair \to meet with Bush Blair trifft Bushto be about \to do sth gerade etw tun wollen, im Begriff sein, etw zu tun2. (forming requests) zushe was told \to have the report finished by Friday sie wurde gebeten, den Bericht bis Freitag fertigzustellenhe told me \to wait er sagte mir, ich solle wartenI asked her \to give me a call ich bat sie, mich anzurufenwe asked her \to explain wir baten sie, es uns zu erklärenyou've not \to do that du sollst das nicht tunthat man is not \to come here again der Mann darf dieses Haus nicht mehr betretenyoung man, you're \to go to your room right now junger Mann, du gehst jetzt auf dein Zimmer3. (expressing wish) zuI need \to eat something first ich muss zuerst etwas essenI'd love \to live in New York ich würde nur zu gern in New York lebenwould you like \to dance? möchten Sie tanzen?that child ought \to be in bed das Kind sollte [schon] im Bett seinI want \to go now ich möchte jetzt gehenI need \to go to the bathroom ich muss mal auf die Toilettedo you want \to come with us? willst du [mit uns] mitkommen?I'd love \to go to France this summer ich würde diesen Sommer gern nach Frankreich fahren4. (omitting verb)are you going tonight? — I'm certainly hoping \to gehst du heute Abend? — das hoffe ich sehrwould you like to go and see the Russian clowns? — yes, I'd love \to möchtest du gern die russischen Clowns sehen? — ja, sehr gerncan you drive? — yes I'm able \to but I prefer not \to kannst du Auto fahren? — ja, das kann ich, aber ich fahre nicht gernit's not likely \to happen es ist unwahrscheinlich, dass das geschieht, das wird wohl kaum geschehenI was afraid \to tell her ich hatte Angst, es ihr zu sagenhe's able \to speak four languages er spricht vier Sprachenshe's due \to have her baby sie bekommt bald ihr BabyI'm afraid \to fly ich habe Angst vorm Fliegenshe's happy \to see you back sie ist froh, dass du wieder zurück bistI'm sorry \to hear that es tut mir leid, das zu höreneasy \to use leicht zu bedienenlanguages are fun \to learn Sprachenlernen macht Spaßit is interesting \to know that es ist interessant, das zu wissenthree months is too long \to wait drei Monate zu warten ist zu langI'm too nervous \to talk right now ich bin zu nervös, um jetzt zu sprechenI'm going there \to see my sister ich gehe dort hin, um meine Schwester zu treffenshe's gone \to pick Jean up sie ist Jean abholen gegangenmy second attempt \to make flaky pastry mein zweiter Versuch, einen Blätterteig zu machenthey have no reason \to lie sie haben keinerlei Grund zu lügenI have the chance \to buy a house cheaply ich habe die Gelegenheit, billig ein Haus zu kaufensomething \to eat etwas zu essenthe first person \to arrive die erste Person, die ankam [o eintraf]Armstrong was the first man \to walk on the moon Armstrong war der erste Mann, der den Mond betrat7. (expressing intent)we tried \to help wir versuchten zu helfen\to make this cake, you'll need... für diesen Kuchen braucht man...he managed \to escape es gelang ihm zu entkommenI don't know what \to do ich weiß nicht, was ich tun sollI don't know where \to begin ich weiß nicht, wo ich anfangen sollshe was wondering whether \to ask David about it sie fragte sich, ob sie David deswegen fragen solltecan you tell me how \to get there? könne Sie mir sagen, wie ich dort hinkomme?9. (introducing clause)\to tell the truth [or \to be truthful] um die Wahrheit zu sagen\to be quite truthful with you, Dave, I never really liked the man ich muss dir ehrlich sagen, Dave, ich konnte diesen Mann noch nie leiden\to be honest um ehrlich zu sein10. (in consecutive acts) um zuhe looked up \to greet his guests er blickte auf, um seine Gäste zu begrüßenshe reached out \to take his hand sie griff nach seiner Handthey turned around \to find their car gone sie drehten sich um und bemerkten, dass ihr Auto verschwunden warIII. ADVERBinv zuto come \to zu sich dat kommenthey set \to with a will, determined to finish the job sie machten sich mit Nachdruck daran, entschlossen, die Arbeit zu Ende zu bringen* * *[tuː]1. PREPOSITION1) = in direction of, towards zuto go to the doctor( 's)/greengrocer's etc — zum Arzt/Gemüsehändler etc gehen
to go to the opera/concert etc — in die Oper/ins Konzert etc gehen
to go to France/London — nach Frankreich/London fahren
to go to Switzerland —
to go to school to go to bed — zur Schule or in die Schule gehen ins or zu Bett gehen
he came up to where I was standing —
to turn a picture/one's face to the wall — ein Bild/sich mit dem Gesicht zur Wand drehen
2) = as far as, until bisto count (up) to 20 —
3) = in in (+dat)I have never been to Brussels/India — ich war noch nie in Brüssel/Indien
4)= secure to
he nailed it to the wall/floor etc — er nagelte es an die Wand/auf den Boden etcthey tied him to the tree —
5)to give sth to sb — jdm etw gebena present from me to you —
I said to myself... — ich habe mir gesagt...
he was muttering/singing to himself — er murmelte/sang vor sich hin
"To... " (on envelope etc) to pray to God — "An (+acc)..." zu Gott beten
6) in toasts auf (+acc)to drink to sb's health — auf jds Wohl (acc) trinken
7)= next to
with position bumper to bumper — Stoßstange an Stoßstangeclose to sb/sth — nahe bei jdm/etw
at right angles to the wall —
to the west (of)/the left (of) — westlich/links (von)
8) with expressions of time vorit was five to when we arrived — es war fünf vor, als wir ankamen
9) = in relation to zuA is to B as C is to D —
they won by 4 goals to 2 — sie haben mit 4:2 (spoken: vier zu zwei) Toren gewonnen
one person to a room — eine Person pro Zimmer
11) MATH3 to the 4th, 3 to the power of 4 — 3 hoch 4
12)= concerning
what do you say to the idea? — was hältst du von der Idee?to repairing television £30 (Comm) — (für) Reparatur eines Fernsehers £ 30
13)= according to
to the best of my knowledge — nach bestem Wissen14)= accompanied by
to sing to the guitar —to sing sth to the tune of... — etw nach der Melodie von... singen
to dance to a tune/a band — zu einer Melodie/den Klängen or der Musik eines Orchesters tanzen
15)= of
ambassador to America/the King of France — Botschafter in Amerika/am Hofe des Königs von Frankreich16)= producing
to everyone's surprise — zu jedermanns Überraschung17)to begin to do sth — anfangen, etw zu tunI want him to do it — ich will, dass er es tut
18)to see him now, one would never think... — wenn man ihn jetzt sieht, würde man nicht glauben,...19)infinitive expressing purpose, result
to eat/work to live —I did it to help you — ich tat es, um dir zu helfen
to get to the point,... — um zur Sache zu kommen,...
well, not to exaggerate... — ohne zu übertreiben,...
I arrived to find she had gone — als ich ankam, war sie weg
20)I don't want to — ich will nichtwe didn't want to but we were forced to — wir wollten nicht, aber wir waren dazu gezwungen
I intended to (do it), but I forgot (to) — ich wollte es tun, aber ich habe es vergessen
buy it, it would be silly not to — kaufe es, es wäre dumm, es nicht zu tun
he often does things one doesn't expect him to — er macht oft Dinge, die man nicht von ihm erwartet
21)__diams; noun/pronoun + to + infinitive he is not the sort to do that — er ist nicht der Typ, der das täte, er ist nicht der Typ dazuI have done nothing to deserve this — ich habe nichts getan, womit ich das verdient hätte
who is he to order you around? — wer ist er denn, dass er dich so herumkommandiert?
he was the first to arrive — er kam als Erster an, er war der Erste, der ankam
who was the last to see her? —
what is there to do here? —
now is the time to do it — jetzt ist die (beste) Zeit, es zu tun
you are foolish to try it — du bist dumm, das überhaupt zu versuchen
is it good to eat? —
he's too old to be still in short trousers — er ist schon so alt und trägt noch kurze Hosen
2. ADJECTIVEdoor (= ajar) angelehnt; (= shut) zu3. ADVERBto and fro — hin und her; walk auf und ab
* * *toA präp [tuː; tʊ; tə]1. (Grundbedeutung) zu2. (Richtung und Ziel, räumlich) zu, nach, an (akk), in (akk), auf (akk):go to London nach London fahren;from east to west von Osten nach Westen;throw sth to the ground etwas auf den oder zu Boden werfen3. in (dat):have you ever been to London?4. (Richtung, Ziel, Zweck) zu, auf (akk), an (akk), in (akk), für, gegen:that is all there is to it das ist alles;a cap with a tassel to it eine Mütze mit einer Troddel (daran);a key to the case ein Schlüssel für den oder zum Koffer;a room to myself ein Zimmer für mich (allein); → assistant B 1, end C 7, moral B 1, secretary 1, etcthe score is three to one (3-1) das Spiel oder es steht drei zu eins (3:1);two is to four as four is to eight zwei verhält sich zu vier wie vier zu acht8. (Ausmaß, Grenze, Grad) bis, (bis) zu, (bis) an (akk), auf (akk), in (dat):to the clouds bis an die Wolken;from three to four von drei bis vier (Uhr);it’s ten to five es ist zehn vor fünf10. (Begleitung) zu, nach:sing to a guitar zu einer Gitarre singen;a) betont:he gave the book to me, not to you! er gab das Buch mir, nicht Ihnen!b) unbetont:she was a good mother to him sie war ihm eine gute MutterB partikel [tʊ; tə]to go gehen;easy to understand leicht zu verstehen;she was heard to cry man hörte sie weinen2. (Zweck, Absicht) um zu, zu:he only does it to earn money er tut es nur, um Geld zu verdienenI weep to think of it ich weine, wenn ich daran denke;he was the first to arrive er kam als Erster;why blame you me to love you? obs oder poet was tadelst du mich, weil ich dich liebe?5. zur Andeutung eines aus dem Vorhergehenden zu ergänzenden Infinitivs:I don’t go because I don’t want to ich gehe nicht, weil ich nicht (gehen) willC adv [tuː]1. a) zu, geschlossen:pull the door to die Türe zuziehenb) angelehnt:3. SCHIFF nahe am Wind:keep her to!4. to and froa) hin und her,b) auf und ab* * *1.[before vowel tʊ, before consonant tə, stressed tuː] prepositiongo to work/to the theatre — zur Arbeit/ins Theater gehen
to Paris/France — nach Paris/Frankreich
3) (as far as) bis zufrom London to Edinburgh — von London [bis] nach Edinburgh
increase from 10 % to 20 % — von 10 % auf 20 % steigen
4) (next to, facing)5) (implying comparison, ratio, etc.)[compared] to — verglichen mit; im Vergleich zu
it's ten to one he does something — die Chancen stehen zehn zu eins, dass er etwas tut
6) introducing relationship or indirect objectto somebody/something — jemandem/einer Sache (Dat.)
lend/explain etc. something to somebody — jemandem etwas leihen/erklären usw.
relate to something — sich auf etwas (Akk.) beziehen
to me — (in my opinion) meiner Meinung nach
7) (until) bisfive [minutes] to eight — fünf [Minuten] vor acht
do something to annoy somebody — etwas tun, um jemanden zu ärgern
too young to marry — zu jung, um zu heiraten; zu jung zum Heiraten
he woke to find himself in a strange room — er erwachte und fand sich in einem fremden Zimmer wieder
he would have phoned but forgot to — er hätte angerufen, aber er vergaß es
2.she didn't want to go there, but she had to — sie wollte nicht hingehen, aber sie musste
[tuː] adverbbe to — [Tür, Fenster:] angelehnt sein
2) -
97 genitive
1.(Ling.)adjective Genitiv-; genitivisch2. nounGenitiv, der* * *['‹enitiv]((the case or form of) a noun, pronoun etc which shows possession: In John's hat, `John's' is in the genitive / is a genitive; ( also adjective) the genitive case.) der Genitiv* * *geni·tive[ˈʤenɪtɪv, AM -ət̬ɪv]\genitive case Genitiv mII. n Genitiv mto be in the \genitive im Genitiv stehen* * *['dZenItɪv]1. n (GRAM)Genitiv min the genitive — im Genitiv
2. adjGenitiv-genitive case — Genitiv m
* * *A adj genitivisch, Genitiv…:genitive case → BB s Genitiv m, zweiter Fallgen. abk1. gender2. general (generally)* * *1.(Ling.)adjective Genitiv-; genitivisch2. noungenitive case — Genitiv, der
Genitiv, der* * *adj.genitiv adj. n.Genitiv -e n. -
98 Genitiv
* * *der Genitivpossessive; genitive* * *Ge|ni|tiv ['geːnitiːf]m -s, -e[-və] (= Fall) genitive (case); (= Form) genitive (form)im Génitiv — in the genitive
* * *der1) ((the case or form of) a noun, pronoun etc which shows possession: In John's hat, `John's' is in the genitive / is a genitive; ( also adjective) the genitive case.) genitive2) (used to show a loss or removal: She was robbed of her jewels.) of3) (used to show the connection between an action and its object: the smoking of a cigarette.) of* * *Ge·ni·tiv<-s, -e>[ˈge:niti:f, pl ˈge:niti:və]m LING genitive [case]* * *der; Genitivs, Genitive (Sprachw.) genitive [case]* * *im Genitiv stehen be in the genitive* * *der; Genitivs, Genitive (Sprachw.) genitive [case]* * *-e n.genitive n. -
99 GÖRA
ð, also spelt görva, giörva, geyra, giora, gera: prop. gøra, not gra (the ø was sounded nearly as y or ey), so that the g is to be sounded as an aspirate, however the word is spelt; and the insertion of i or j (giöra, gjöra), which is usual in mod. writing, and often occurs in old, is phonetic, not radical, and göra and gjöra represent the same sound. The word in the oldest form had a characteristic v, and is spelt so on the Runic stones in the frequent Runic phrase, gaurva kubl, Baut., and Danske Runemind. passim; but also now and then in old Icel. MSS., e. g. the Kb. of Sæm. (cited from Bugge’s Edit.), gorva, Am. 75, Skv. 1. 34, 3. 20, Hm. 123, Og. 29; gerva, Am. 64, Bkv. 3; giorva, Rm. 9; giorfa, 28; gorvir, Hkv. Hjörv. 41; gørvom, Hým. 6; gorviz, Am. 35; gerviz, Merl. 2. 89:—this characteristic v has since been dropped, and it is usually spelt without it in MSS., gora, Hým. 1, Og. 23, Ls. 65; gera, Am. 85; gorir, Hm. 114: the pret. always drops the v, gorþi, Hym. 21; gorðo or gorþo, fecerunt, Hm. 142, Am. 9; gorðumz, Hðm. 28; gerþi, Am. 74; gerþit, 26:—with i inserted, Rm. 9, 22; giordu, 11; in the Mork. freq. giavra. The ö is still sounded in the east of Icel., whereas gera is the common form in speech, gjöra in writing:—the old pres. indic. used by the poets and in the laws is monosyllabic görr, with suffixed negative, görr-a, Hkr. i. (in a verse); mod. bisyllabic görir, which form is also the usual one in the Sagas:—the old part. pass. was görr or gerr, geyrr, Fms. ix. 498, x. 75, where the v was kept before a vowel, and is often spelt with f, gorvan, gorvir, and gorfan, gorfir: dat. so-goro or so-guru adverbially = sic facto: the mod. part. gjörðr, gerðr, görðr, as a regular part. of the 2nd weak conjugation, which form occurs in MSS. of the 15th century, e. g. Bs. i. 877, l. 21. [This is a Scandin. word; Dan. gjöre; Swed. göra; Old Engl. and Scot. gar, which is no doubt of Scandin. origin, the Saxon word being do, the Germ. thun, neither of which is used in the Scandin.; the word however is not unknown to the Teut., though used in a different sense; A. S. gervan and gearvjan = parare; O. H. G. karwan; Germ. gerben, garben, but esp. the adj. and adv. gar, vide above s. v. gör-.] To make, to do; the Icel. includes both these senses.A. To make:I. to build, work, make, etc.; göra himin ok jörð, 623. 36, Hom. 100; göra hús, to build a house, Fms. xi. 4, Rb. 384; göra kirkju, Bjarn. 39; göra skip, N. G. L. i. 198; göra langskip, Eg. 44; göra stólpa, Al. 116; göra tól (= smíða), Vsp. 7; göra (fingr)-gull, Bs. i. 877; göra haug, to build a cairn, Eg. 399; göra lokhvílu, Dropl. 27; göra dys, Ld. 152; göra kistu ( coffin), Eg. 127; göra naust, N. G. L. i. 198; göra jarðhús, Dropl. 34; göra veggi, Eg. 724: also, göra bók, to write a book, Íb. 1, Rb. 384; göra kviðling, to make a song, Nj. 50; göra bréf, to draw up a deed ( letter), Fms. ix. 22; göra nýmæli, to frame a law, Íb. 17.2. adding prep.; göra upp, to repair, rebuild, restore, Fb. ii. 370; göra upp Jórsala-borg, Ver. 43; göra upp skála, Ld. 298; göra upp leiði, to build up a grave.II. to make, prepare, get ready; göra veizlu, drykkju, brúðkaup, erfi, and poët. öl, öldr, to make a feast, brew bridal ale, Fs. 23, Fms. xi. 156, Dropl. 6, Am. 86; göra seið, blót, to perform a sacrifice, Ld. 152; göra bú, to set up a house, Grág. i. 185, Ld. 68; göra eld, to make a fire, Fs. 100, K. Þ. K. 88; göra rekkju, to make one’s bed, Eg. 236; göra upp hvílur, Sturl. ii. 124; göra graut, to make porridge, Eg. 196, N. G. L. i. 349; göra drykk, to make a drink, Fms. i. 8; göra kol, or göra til kola, to make charcoal, Ölk. 35.III. in somewhat metaph. phrases; göra ferð, to make a journey, Fms. x. 281; görði heiman för sína, he made a journey from home, Eg. 23; göra sinn veg, to make one’s way, travel, Mar.; göra uppreisn, to make an uprising, to rebel, Rb. 384, Fms. ix. 416; göra úfrið, to make war, 656 C. 15; göra sátt, göra frið, to make peace, Hom. 153, Bs. i. 24; göra féskipti, Nj. 118; göra tilskipan, to make an arrangement, Eg. 67; göra ráð sitt, to make up one’s mind, Nj. 267, Fms. ix. 21; göra hluti, to cast lots, Fms. x. 348.2. to make, give, pay, yield; göra tíund, to pay tithes, Hom. 180; hann skal göra Guði tíunda hlut verðsins, id.; göra ölmusu, to give alms, 64; göra ávöxt, to yield fruit, Greg. 48; gefa né göra ávöxt, Stj. 43; göra konungi skatt eða skyld, Fms. xi. 225.3. to contract; göra vináttu, félagskap, to contract friendship, Nj. 103, Eg. 29; göra skuld, to contract a debt, Grág. i. 126: göra ráð með e-m, to take counsel with, advise one, Eg. 12; göra ráð fyrir, to suppose, Nj. 103, Fms. ix. 10; göra mun e-s, to make a difference, i. 255, Eb. 106.4. to make, make up, Lat. efficere; sex tigir penninga göra eyri, sixty pence make an ounce, Grág. i. 500, Rb. 458.5. to grant, render; göra kost, to make a choice, to grant, Nj. 130, Dropl. 6, Fms. xi. 72, (usually ellipt., kostr being understood); vil ek at þér gerit kostinn, Nj. 3; ok megit þér fyrir því göra ( grant) honum kostinn, 49, 51; göra e-m lög, to grant the law to one, 237; göra guðsifjar, to make ‘gossip’ with one, to be one’s godfather, Fms. ii. 130.6. special usages; göra spott, háð, gabb, … at e-u, to make sport, gibes, etc. at or over a thing, Fms. x. 124; göra iðran, to do penance, Greg. 22; göra þakkir, to give thanks, Hom. 55; göra róm at máli e-s, to cheer another’s speech, shout hear, hear! var görr at máli hans mikill rómr ok góðr, his speech was much cheered, Nj. 250,—a parliamentary term; the Teutons cheered, the Romans applauded (with the hands), cp. Tacit. Germ.7. with prepp.; gera til, to make ready or dress meat; láta af ( to kill) ok göra til ( and dress), K. Þ. K. 80, Ísl. ii. 83, 331, Fs. 146, 149, Bjarn. 31, Finnb. 228; göra til nyt, to churn milk, K. Þ. K. 78; göra til sverð, to wash and clean the sword, Dropl. 19; máttu þeir eigi sjá, hversu Þorvaldr var til gerr, how Th. got a dressing, Nj. 19.β. göra at e-u, to mend, make good, put right (at-görð), ek skal at því gera, Fms. xi. 153, Eg. 566, Nj. 130: to heal, Bárð. 171, Eg. 579, Grág. i. 220; göra at hesti, K. Þ. K. 54, Nj. 74: göra við e-u, vide B. II.8. adding acc. of an adj., part., or the like; göra mun þat margan höfuðlausan, Nj. 203; göra mikit um sik, to make a great noise, great havoc, Fb. i. 545, Grett. 133, Fms. x. 329; göra e-n sáttan, to reconcile one, Grág. i. 336; göra sér e-n kæran, to make one dear to oneself, Hkr. i. 209; göra sik líkan e-m, to make oneself like to another, imitate one, Nj. 258; göra sik góðan, to make oneself good or useful, 74, 78; göra sik reiðan, to take offence, 216; göra sér dælt, to make oneself at home, take liberties, Ld. 134, Nj. 216; göra langmælt, to make a long speech, Sks. 316; göra skjót-kjörit, to make a quick choice, Fms. ii. 79; göra hólpinn, to ‘make holpen,’ to help, x. 314; göra lögtekit, to make a law, issue a law, xi. 213, Bs. i. 37; hann gerði hann hálshöggvinn, he had him beheaded, Fms. ix. 488, v. l.; ok görðu þá handtekna alla at minsta kosti, Sturl. i. 40; várir vöskustu ok beztu menn era görfir handteknir, 41.β. göra sér mikit um e-t, to make much of, admire, Eg. 5, Fms. x. 254, 364; göra e-t at ágætum, to make famous, extol a thing, vii. 147; göra at orðum, to notice as remarkable, Fas. i. 123; göra at álitum, to take into consideration, Nj. 3; göra sér úgetið at e-u, to be displeased with, Ld. 134; göra vart við sik, to make one’s presence noticed, Eg. 79; göra sér mikit, lítið fyrir, to make great, small efforts, Finnb. 234; göra sér í hug, to brood over; hann gerði sér í hug at drepa jarl, Fs. 112; göra sér í hugar lund, to fancy, think: göra af sér, to exert oneself, ef þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, Edda 32; hvárt hann var með Eiríki jarli, eðr görði hann annat af sér, or what else he was making of himself, Fms. xi. 157.9. phrases, gera fáleika á sik, to feign, make oneself look sad, Nj. 14; esp. adding upp, gera sér upp veyki, to feign sickness, (upp-gerð, dissimulation); göra sér til, to make a fuss, (hence, til-gerð, foppishness.)B. To do:I. to do, act; allt þat er hann gerir síðan ( whatever he does), þat á eigandi at ábyrgjask, Gþl. 190; þér munut fátt mæla eðr gera, áðr yðr munu vandræði af standa, i. e. whatsoever you say or do will bring you into trouble, Nj. 91; göra e-t með harðfengi ok kappi, 98; ger svá vel, ‘do so well,’ be so kind! 111; gerit nú svá, góði herra (please, dear lord!), þiggit mitt heilræði, Fms. vii. 157: and in mod. usage, gerið þér svo vel, gerðu svo vel, = Engl. please, do! sagði, at hann hafði með trúleik gört, done faithfully, Eg. 65; göra gott, to do good; göra íllt, to do evil, (góð-görð, íll-görð); ok þat var vel gört, well done, 64; geyrða ek hotvetna íllt, I did evil in all things, Niðrst. 109; hefir hann marga hluti gört stór-vel til mín, he has done many things well towards me, I have received many great benefits at his hands, Eg. 60: with dat., svá mikit gott sem jarl hefir mér gert, Nj. 133; þér vilda ek sízt íllt göra, I would least do harm to thee, 84: göra fúlmennsku, to do a mean act, 185; göra vel við e-n, to do well to one, Fs. 22; göra stygð við e-n, to offend one, Fms. x. 98; göra sæmiliga til e-s, to do well to one, Ld. 62, Nj. 71; göra sóma e-s, to do honour to one, Fms. vii. 155; göra e-m gagn, to give help to one, Nj. 262; göra e-m sæmd, skomm, to do ( shew) honour, dishonour, to one, 5, Fms. x. 43; göra háðung, xi. 152; göra styrk, to strengthen one, ix. 343; göra e-m skapraun, to tease one; göra ósóma, Vápn. 19; göra skaða ( scathe), Eg. 426; göra óvina-fagnað, to give joy to one’s enemies, i. e. to do just what they want one to do, Nj. 112; göra til skaps e-m, to conform to one’s wishes, 80; gerum vér sem faðir vár vill, let us do as our father wishes, 198; vel má ek gera þat til skaps föður míns at brenna inni með honum, id.; göra at skapi e-s, id., 3; var þat mjök gert móti mínu skapi, Fms. viii. 300; gera til saka við e-n, to offend, sin against one, Nj. 80; gera á hluta e-s, to wrong one, Vígl. 25; göra ílla fyrir sér, to behave badly, Fms. vii. 103.II. adding prep.; göra til e-s, to deserve a thing (cp. til-görð, desert, behaviour); hvat hafðir þú til gört, what hast thou done to deserve it? Nj. 130; framarr en ek hefi til gört, more than I have deserved, Fms. viii. 300; ok hafit þér Danir heldr til annars gört, ye Danes have rather deserved the reverse, xi. 192, Hom. 159:—göra eptir, to do after, imitate, Nj. 90:—göra við e-u (cp. við-görð, amendment), to provide for, amend, ok mun úhægt vera at göra við forlögum þeirra, Ld. 190; er úhægt at göra við ( to resist) atkvæðum, Fs. 22; ok mun ekki mega við því gera, Nj. 198:—göra af við e-n (cp. af-görð, evil doing), to transgress against one, ek hefi engan hlut af gört við þik, Fms. vii. 104, viii. 241; ok iðrask nú þess er hann hefir af gert, 300; göra af við Guð, to sin against God, Hom. 44.2. special usages; göra … at, to do so and so; spurði, hvat hann vildi þá láta at gera, he asked what he would have done, Nj. 100; hann gerði þat eina at, er hann átti, he did only what be ought, 220; þeir Flosi sátu um at rengja, ok gátu ekki at gert, F. tried, and could do nothing, 115, 242; þér munut ekki fá at gert, fyrr en …, 139; Flosi ok hans menn fengu ekki at gert, 199; mikit hefir þú nú at gert, much hast thou now done ( it is a serious matter), 85; er nú ok mikit at gert um manndráp siðan, 256; hann vildi taka vöru at láni, ok göra mikit at, and do great things, Ld. 70; Svartr hafði höggit skóg ok gert mikit at, Nj. 53; slíkt gerir at er sölin etr, so it happens with those who eat seaweed, i. e. that (viz. thirst) comes of eating seaweed, Eg. 605.β. göra af e-u, to do so and so with a thing; hvat hafið ér gert af Gunnari, Njarð. 376; ráð þú draumana, vera má at vér gerim af nokkut, may be that we may make something out of it, Ld. 126; gör af drauminum slíkt er þér þykkir líkligast, do with the dream ( read it) as seems to thee likeliest, Ísl. ii. 196: göra við e-n, to do with one; þá var um rætt, hvað við þá skyldi göra, what was to be done with them? Eg. 232; ærnar eru sakir til við Egil, hvat sem eg læt göra við hann, 426; eigi veit ek hvat þeir hafa síðan við gört, 574: göra fyrir e-t, to provide; Jón var vel fjáreigandi, ok at öllu vel fyrir gört, a wealthy and well-to-do man, Sturl. iii. 195; þótt Björn sé vel vígr maðr, þá er þar fyrir gört, því at …, but that is made up, because …: fyrir göra (q. v.), to forfeit.C. METAPH. AND SPECIAL USAGES:I. to do, help, avail; nú skulum vér ganga allir á vald jarlsins, því at oss gerir eigi annat, nothing else will do for us, Nj. 267; þat mun ekki gera, that wont do, 84; en ek kann ekki ráð til at leggja ef þetta gerir ekki, Fms. ii. 326; konungr vill þat eigi, þvi at mér gerir þat eigi ( it will not do for me) at þér gangit hér upp, x. 357; þat gerir mér ekki, at þér gangit á Orminn, … en hitt má vera at mér komi at gagni, ii. 227; þóttisk þá vita, at honum mundi ekki gera ( it would do nothing) at biðja fyrir honum, Fb. i. 565; engum gerði við hann at keppa, 571; ekki gerði þeim um at brjótask, Bárð. 10 new Ed.; sagða ek yðr eigi, at ekki mundi gera at leita hans, Sks. 625; hvat gerir mér nú at spyrja, Stj. 518; ekki gerir at dylja, no use hiding it, Fbr. 101 new Ed.; ætla þat at fáir þori, enda geri engum, Band. 7; bæði var leitað til annarra ok heima, ok gerði ekki, but did no good, 4; hét hann þeim afarkostum, ok gerði þat ekki, but it did no good, Fms. ii. 143.II. to send, despatch, cp. the Engl. to ‘do’ a message; hann gerði þegar menn frá sér, Eg. 270; hann hafði gört menn sex á skóginn fyrir þá, 568; þá gerði Karl lið móti þeim, Fms. i. 108; jarl gerði Eirík at leita Ribbunga, ix. 314; hann gerði fram fyrir sik Álf á njósn, 488; hann gerði menn fyrir sér at segja konunginum kvámu sína, x. 10; hleypi-skúta var gör norðr til Þrándheims, vii. 206; jafnan gerði jarl til Ribbunga ok drap menn af þeim, ix. 312; vilja Ósvífrs-synir þegar gera til þeirra Kotkels, despatch them to slay K., Ld. 144; skulu vér nú göra í mót honum, ok láta hann engri njósn koma, 242:—göra eptir e-m, to send after one, Nero bað göra eptir postulunum ok leiða þangat, 656 C. 26; nú verðr eigi eptir gört at miðjum vetri, Grág. i. 421; frændr Bjarnar létu göra eptir (Germ. abholen) líki hans, Bjarn. 69; síðan gerðu þeir til klaustrs þess er jómfrúin var í, Fms. x. 102:—gera e-m orð, njósn, to do a message to one; hann gerði orð jörlum sínum, Eg. 270; ætluðu þeir at göra Önundi njósn um ferðir Egils, 386, 582; vóru þangat orð gör, word was sent thither, Hkr. ii. 228.III. with infin. as an auxiliary verb, only in poetry and old prose (laws); ef hón gerði koma, if she did come, Völ. 5; gerðit vatn vægja, Am. 25; gramr gørr-at sér hlífa, he does not spare himself, Hkr. i. (in a verse); gerðut vægjask, id., Fs. (in a verse); hann gerðisk at höggva, Jb. 41; görðir at segja, Bkv. 15; görðisk at deyja, Gkv. 1. 1: in prose, eigi gerir hugr minn hlægja við honum, Fas. i. 122; góðir menn göra skýra sitt mál með sannsögli, 677. 12; Aristodemus görði eigi enn at trúa, Post.: esp. in the laws, ef þeir göra eigi ganga í rúm sín, Grág. i. 8; ef goðinn gerr eigi segja, 32; ef hann gerr eigi í ganga, 33; ef þeir göra eigi hluta meðr sér, 63; ef dómendr göra eigi dæma, 67; ef dómendr göra eigi við at taka, id.; ef goðinn gerr eigi ( does not) nefna féráns-dóm, 94; nú göra þeir menn eigi úmaga færa, 86; ef þeir göra eigi nefna kvöðina af búanum, Kb. ii. 163; ef þeir göra eigi segja, hvárt …, Sb. ii. 52; nú gerr sá eigi til fara, Kb. ii. 96; göra eigi koma, 150; ef hann gerr eigi kjósa, § 113.IV. a law term, göra um, or gera only, to judge or arbitrate in a case; fékksk þat af, at tólf menn skyldu göra um málit, Nj. 111; villt þú göra um málit, 21; bjóða mun ek at göra um, ok lúka upp þegar görðinni, 77; mun sá mála-hluti várr beztr, at góðir menn geri um, 88; málin vóru lagið í gerð, skyldu gera um tólf menn, var þá gert um málin á þingi, var þat gert, at … (follows the verdict), 88; vil ek at þú sættisk skjótt ok látir góða menn gera um …, at hann geri um ok enir beztu menn af hvárra liði lögliga til nefndir, 188; Njáll kvaðsk eigi gera mundu nema á þingi, 105; þeir kváðusk þat halda mundu, er hann gerði, id.; skaltú gera sjálfr, 58; fyrr en gert var áðr um hitt málit, 120; ek vil bjóðask til at göra milli ykkar Þórðar um mál yðar, Bjarn. 55; Þorsteinn kvað þat þó mundi mál manna, at þeir hefði góða nefnd um sættir þótt hann görði, 56; nú er þegar slegit í sætt málinu með því móti, at Áskell skal göra um þeirra í milli, Rd. 248; er nú leitað um sættir milli þeirra, ok kom svá at þeir skulu göra um málin Þorgeirr goði frá Ljósa-vatni ok Arnórr ór Reykjahlíð, sú var görð þeirra at …, 288; svá kemr at Ljótr vill at Skapti görði af hans hendi, en Guðmundr vill sjálfr göra fyrir sína hönd, skyldi Skapti gerð upp segja, Valla L. 225; eigi hæfir þat, leitum heldr um sættir ok geri Þorgeirr um mál þessi, Lv. 12; var jafnt gört sár Þórðar ok sár Þórodds, Eb. 246; þær urðu mála-lyktir at Þórðr skyldi göra um …, 24; ok vóru þá görvar miklar fésektir, 128; var leitað um sættir, ok varð þat at sætt, at þeir Snorri ok Steindórr skyldi göra um, 212; þit erut gerfir héraðs-sekir sem íllræðis-menn, Fs. 58: göra görð, Sturl. i. 63, 105: adding the fine, to fix the amount, þat er gerð mín, at ek geri verð húss ok matar, I fix the amount of the value of the house and (stolen) stores, Nj. 80; gerði Njáll hundrað silfrs, N. put it at a hundred silver pieces, 58; margir mæltu, at mikit vaeri gert, that the amount was high, id.; slíkt fégjald sem gert var, 120; vilit ér nokkut héraðs-sektir göra eða utanferðir, 189; hann dæmdi þegar, ok görði hundrað silfrs, 6l; síðan bauð Bjarni Þorkatli sætt ok sjálfdæmi, görði Bjarni hundrað silfrs, Vápn. 31; ek göri á hönd Þóri hundrað silfrs, Lv. 55; ek göri á hönd þér hundrað silfrs, id.; vilit þér, at ek göra millum ykkar? síðan görði konungr konuna til handa Þórði ok öll fé hennar, Bjarn. 17; Rafn kvað hann mikit fé annat af sér hafa gört, at eigi þætti honum þat betra, Fs. 30; Gellir görði átta hundrað silfrs, Lv. 97; fyrir þat gerði Börkr hinn digri af honum eyjarnar, B. took the isles from him as a fine, Landn. 123: adding the case as object, Gunnarr gerði gerðina, G. gave judgment in the case, Nj. 80; fyrr en gert var áðr um hitt málit, till the other case was decided, 120; þá sætt er hann görði Haraldi jarli, that settlement which he made for earl Harold, Fms. viii. 300: Flosi var görr utan ok allir brennu-menn, F. was put out ( banished) and all the burners, Nj. 251: metaph., nema þau vili annat mál á gera, unless they choose to settle it otherwise, Grág. i. 336.2. in the phrase, göra sekð, to make a case of outlawry, Grág. i. 118; eigi um görir sekð manns ella, else the outlawry takes no effect; en hann um görir eigi ella sekðina, else he cannot condemn him, 119.3. to perform; eptir-gerðar þeirrar sem hverr nennti framast at gera eptir sinn náung, Fms. viii. 103; en þat grunaði konung, at hann mundi ætla at göra eptir sumar sættir, i. e. that he had some back door to escape by, Orkn. 58 (cp. Ó. H.); allt þat er þér gerit nú fyrir þeirra sálum, id.V. special usages, to make allowance for; gera fóðr til fjár, to make an arbitrary allowance for, Ísl. ii. 138; hence, to suppose, en ef ek skal göra til fyrir fram ( suggest) hvat er hón (the code) segir mér, þá segi ek svá, at …, Fms. ix. 331; gera sér í hug, Fs. 112; göra sér í hugar-lund, to fancy; göra e-m getsakir, to impute to one; gera orð á e-u, to report a thing; þat er ekki orð á því geranda, ‘tis not worth talking about; eigi þarf orð at göra hjá því (‘tis not to be denied), sjálfan stólkonunginn blindaði hann, Mork. 14 (cp. Fms. vi. 168, l. c.); gera sér létt, to take a thing lightly, Am. 70; göra sér far um, to take pains; göra sér í hug, hugar-lund, to suppose.D. IMPERS. it makes one so and so, one becomes; hann görði fölvan í andliti, he turned pale, Glúm. 342; leysti ísinn ok görði varmt vatnið, the water became warm, 623. 34; veðr görði hvast, a gale arose, Eg. 128; hríð mikla gerði at þeim, they were overtaken by a storm, 267; þá gerði ok á hríð (acc.) veðrs, 281; féll veðrit ok gerði logn (acc.), and became calm, 372; görði þá stórt á firðinum, the sea rose high, 600; til þess er veðr lægði ok ljóst gerði, and till it cleared up, 129; um nóttina gerði á æði-veðr ok útsynning, 195; görir á fyrir þeim hafvillur, they lost their course (of sailors), Finnb. 242; mér gerir svefnhöfugt, I grow sleepy, Nj. 264; þá görði vetr mikinn þar eptir hinn næsta, Rd. 248.E. REFLEX, to become, grow, arise, and the like; þá görðisk hlátr, then arose laughter, Nj. 15; görðisk bardagi, it came to a fight, 62, 108; sá atburðr görðisk, it came to pass, Fms. x. 279; þau tíðendi er þar höfðu görzt, Ld. 152; gerðisk með þeim félagskapr, they entered into fellowship, Eg. 29; gerðisk svá fallit kaup, Dipl. ii. 10; Sigurðr konungr gerðisk ( grew up to be) ofstopa-maðr …, görðisk mikill maðr ok sterkr, Fms. vii. 238; hann görðisk brátt ríkr maðr ok stjórnsamr, xi. 223; Unnr görðisk þá mjök elli-móð, U. became worn with age, Ld. 12; sár þat er at ben görðisk, a law term, a wound which amounted to a bleeding wound, Nj. passim:—to be made, to become, görask konungr, to become king, Eg. 12; ok görðisk skáld hans, and became his skáld, 13; görðisk konungs hirðmaðr, 27; görask hans eigin-kona, to become his wedded wife, Fms. i. 3; at hann skyldi görask hálf-konungr yfir Dana-veldi, 83; vill Hrútr görask mágr þinn, Nj. 3; hann gerðisk síðan óvarari, he became less cautious, Fms. x. 414.2. with the prep. svá, to happen, come to pass so and so; svá görðisk, at …, it so happened, that …, Nj. 167; görðisk svá til, at …, Fms. x. 391; þá görðisk svá til um síðir, at…, at last it came to pass. that …, 392; enda vissi hann eigi, at þingför mundi af görask, in case he knew not that it would entail a journey to parliament, Grág. i. 46: with at added, to increase, þá görðisk þat mjök at um jarl ( it grew even worse with the earl) at hann var úsiðugr um kvenna-far, görðisk þat svá mikit, at …, it grew to such a pitch, that …, Hkr. i. 245; hence the mod. phrase, e-ð á-görist, it increases, gains, advances, esp. of illness, bad habits, and the like, never in a good sense.3. impers. with dat., honum gerðisk ekki mjök vært, he felt restless, Ld. 152; næsta gerisk mér kynlegt, I feel uneasy, Finnb. 236.4. to behave, bear oneself; Páll görðisk hraustliga í nafni Jesu, Post. 656 C. 13.5. to set about doing, be about; fám vetrum síðan görðisk hann vestr til Íslands, Fms. x. 415; maðr kom at honum ok spurði, hvat hann gerðisk, what he was about, Ó. H. 244; görðisk jarl til Ribbunga, Fms. ix. 312, v. l.; tveir menn görðusk ferðar sinnar, two men set out for a journey, x. 279; görðusk menn ok eigi til þess at sitja yfir hlut hans, Eg. 512; at þessir menn hafa görzk til svá mikils stórræðis, Fms. xi. 261; eigi treystusk menn at görask til við hann, Bárð. 160.6. (mod.) to be; in such phrases as, eins og menn nú gerast, such as people now are; eins og flestir menn gerast.F. PART. PASS. görr, geyrr (Fms. ix. 498, x. 75), gjörr, gerr, as adj., compar. görvari, superl. görvastr; [A. S. gearu; gare, Chaucer, Percy’s Ballads; O. H. G. garwe; Germ. gar]:—skilled, accomplished; vaskligr, at sér görr, Ld. 134; vel at sér görr, Ísl. ii. 326, Gísl. 14; gerr at sér um allt, Nj. 51; hraustir ok vel at sér görvir, Eg. 86; at engi maðr hafi gervari at sér verit en Sigurðr, Mork. 221; allra manna snjallastr í máli ok görvastr at sér, Hkr. iii. 360: the phrase, leggja görva hönd á e-t, to set a skilled hand to work, to be an adept, a master in a thing; svá hagr, at hann lagði allt á görva hönd, Fas. i. 391, (á allt görva hönd, iii. 195.)2. ready made, at hand; in the saying, gott er til geyrs (i. e. görs, not geirs) at taka, ‘tis good to have a thing at hand, Hkm. 17; ganga til görs, to have it ready made for one, Ld. 96; gör gjöld, prompt punishment, Lex. Poët.:—with infin., gerr at bjóða, ready to offer, Gh. 17; gervir at eiskra, in wild spirits, Hom. 11; görvar at ríða, Vsp. 24: with gen. of the thing, gerr ílls hugar, prone to evil, Hým. 9; gerr galdrs, prone to sorcery, Þd. 3; skulut þess görvir, be ready for that! Am. 55.II. [cp. görvi, Engl. gear], done, dressed; svá görvir, so ‘geared,’ so trussed, Am. 40.III. adverb. phrases, so-gurt, at soguru, so done; verða menn þat þó so-gurt at hafa, i. e. there is no redress to be had, Hrafn. 9; hafi hann so-gurt, N. G. L. i. 35, Nj. 141; kvað eigi so-gort duga, 123, v. l.; at (með) so-guru, this done, quo facto, Skv. 1. 24, 40; freq. with a notion of being left undone, re infecta. Germ. unverrichteter sache, Eg. 155, Glúm. 332, Ó. H. 202; enda siti um so-gort, and now let it stand, Skálda 166; við so-gurt, id., 655 vii. 4; á so-gurt ofan, into the bargain, Bs. i. 178, Ölk. 36, Fas. i. 85. -
100 εἰ
εἰ, [dialect] Att.-[dialect] Ion. and Arc. (for εἰκ, v. infr. 11 ad init.), = [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol. αἰ, αἰκ (q. v.), Cypr.Aἤ Inscr.Cypr.135.10
H., both εἰ and αἰ in [dialect] Ep.:— Particle used interjectionally with imper. and to express a wish, but usu. either in conditions, if, or in indirect questions, whether. In the former use its regular negative is μή; in the latter, οὐ.A INTERJECTIONALLY, in Hom., come now! c. imper.,εἰ δὲ.. ἄκουσον Il.9.262
; εἰ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ φευγόντων ib.46; most freq. with ἄγε (q. v.), 1.302, al.2 in wishes, c. opt.,ἀλλ' εἴ τις.. καλέσειεν 10.111
, cf. 24.74; so later,εἴ μοι ξυνείη μοῖρα S.OT 863
(lyr.); : more freq. folld. byγάρ, αἲ γὰρ δὴ οὕτως εἴη Il.4.189
, al.;εἰ γὰρ γενοίμην ἀντὶ σοῦ νεκρός E.Hipp. 1410
;εἰ γὰρ γένοιτο X.Cyr.6.1.38
;εἰ γὰρ ἐν τούτῳ εἴη Pl.Prt. 310d
; of unattained wishes, in Hom. only c. opt.,εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼν.. Διὸς πάϊς αἰγιόχοιο εἴην Il.13.825
;Ζεῦ πάτερ, αἰ γὰρ ἐμὸς πόσις εἴη Alcm.29
; later with past tenses of ind.,εἰ γάρ μ' ὑπὸ γῆν.. ἧκεν A.Pr. 152
(anap.); εἰ γὰρ τοσαύτην δύναμιν εἶχον ὥστε .. E.Alc. 1072: twice in Od. c. inf. (cf. the use of inf. in commands),αἰ γὰρ τοῖος ἐὼν.. ἐμὸς γαμβρὸς καλέεσθαι 7.311
, cf. 24.376.b εἴθε, [dialect] Ep. αἴθε, is freq. used in wishes in the above constructions, ;εἴθ' ὣς ἡβώοιμι Il.7.157
;ἰὼ γᾶ, εἴθ' ἔμ' ἐδέξω A.Ag. 1537
(lyr.);εἴθε σοι, ὦ Περίκλεις, τότε συνεγενόμην X.Mem.1.2.46
: later c. inf.,γαίης χθαμαλωτέρη εἴθε.. κεῖσθαι AP9.284
(Crin.).c εἰ γάρ, εἴθε are also used with ὤφελον ([dialect] Ep. ὤφελλον), of past unattained wishes,αἴθ' ὤφελλες στρατοῦ ἄλλου σημαίνειν Il.14.84
; εἰ γὰρ ὤφελον [κατιδεῖν] Pl.R. 432c.d folld. by a clause expressing a consequence of the fulfilment of the wish, αἰ γὰρ τοῦτο.. ἔπος τετελεσμένον εἴη· τῷ κε τάχα γνοίης .. Od. 15.536, cf. 17.496, al.; sts. hard to distinguish from εἰ in conditions (which may be derived from this use),εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28
.B IN CONDITIONS, if:I with INDIC.,1 with all tenses (for [tense] fut., v. infr. 2), to state a condition, with nothing implied as to its fulfilment, εἰ δ' οὕτω τοῦτ' ἐστίν, ἐμοὶ μέλλει φίλον εἶναι but if this is so, it will be.., Il.1.564: any form of the Verb may stand in apodosi,εἰ θεοί τι δρῶσιν αἰσχρόν, οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί E.Fr.292.7
;εἰ δοκεῖ, πλέωμεν S.Ph. 526
;εἰ Φαῖδρον ἀγνοῶ, καὶ ἐμαυτοῦ ἐπιλέλησμαι Pl.Phdr. 228a
;κάκιστ' ἀπολοίμην, Ξανθίαν εἰ μὴ φιλῶ Ar.Ra. 579
, cf. Od.17.475;εἰ θεοῦ ἦν, οὐκ ἦν αἰσχροκερδής· εἰ δ' αἰσχροκερδής, οὐκ ἦν θεοῦ Pl.R. 408c
;εἰ ταῦτα λέγων διαφθείρω τοὺς νέους, ταῦτ' ἂν εἴη βλαβερά Id.Ap. 30b
, cf. 25b; εἰ οὗτοι ὀρθῶς ἀπέστησαν, ὑμεῖς ἂν οὐ χρεὼν ἄρχοιτε if these were right in their revolt, (it would follow that) you rule when you have no right, Th.3.40.b to express a general condition, if ever, whenever, sts. with [tense] pres.,εἴ τις δύο ἢ καὶ πλείους τις ἡμέρας λογίζεται, μάταιός ἐστιν S.Tr. 943
: with [tense] impf.,εἴ τίς τι ἠρώτα ἀπεκρίνοντο Th.7.10
: rarely with [tense] aor., D.S.31.26.1, S.E.P.1.84; cf. 111.2.2 with [tense] fut. (much less freq. than ἐάν c. subj.), either to express a future supposition emphatically,εἰ φθάσομεν τοὺς πολεμίους κατακαίνοντες οὐδεὶς ἡμῶν ἀποθανεῖται X.Cyr.7.1.19
; ; εἰ αὕτη ἡ πόλις ληφθήσεται, ἔχεται ἡ πᾶσα Σικελία ibid.; in threats or warnings, ;εἰ τιμωρήσεις Πατρόκλῳ, αὐτὸς ἀποθανῇ Pl.Ap. 28c
, cf. D.28.21: or,b to express a present intention or expectation, αἶρε πλῆκτρον εἰ μαχεῖ if you mean to fight, Ar.Av. 759;ἐγὼ μὲν οὐκ ἀνήρ.. εἰ ταῦτ' ἀνατεὶ τῇδε κείσεται κράτη S.Ant. 485
, cf. Il.1.61, E.Hec. 863.3 with historical tenses, implying that the condition is or was unfulfilled.a with [tense] impf., referring to present time or to continued or repeated action in past time (in Hom. always the latter, Il.24.715, al.): ταῦτα οὐκ ἂν ἐδύναντο ποιεῖν, εἰ μὴ διαίτῃ μετρίᾳ ἐχρῶντο they would not be able to do this (as they do), if they did not live an abstemious life, X.Cyr.1.2.16, cf. Pl.R. 489b; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he ([place name] Agamemnon) would not have been master of islands, if he had not had also some naval force, Th.1.9;αἰ δ' ἦχες ἔσλων ἴμερον ἢ κάλων.. αἴδως κεν.. ἦχεν Sapph.28
; εἰ ἦσαν ἄνδρες ἀγαθοὶ.. οὐκ ἄν ποτε ταῦτα ἔπασχον if they had been good men, they would never have suffered as they did, Pl.Grg. 516e, cf. X.Mem.1.1.5; εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ τάδε ᾔδἐ.. οὐκ ἂν ὑπεξέφυγε if I had known this.., Il.8.366.b with [tense] aor. referring to past time,εἰ μὴ ἔφυσε θεὸς μέλι.. ἔφασκον γλύσσονα σῦκα πέλεσθαι Xenoph.38
; εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς ἤλθετε, ἐπορευόμεθα ἂν ἐπὶ βασιλέα had you not come, we should be on our way.., X.An.2.1.4;καὶ ἴσως ἂν ἀπέθανον, εἰ μὴ ἡ ἀρχὴ διὰ ταχέων κατελύθη Pl.Ap. 32d
, cf. Il.5.680, Od.4.364, D.4.5, 27.63: with [tense] plpf. in apodosi,εἰ τριάκοντα μόναι μετέπεσον τῶν ψήφων, ἀπεπεφεύγη ἄν Pl. Ap. 36a
.c rarely with [tense] plpf. referring to action finished in past or present time, λοιπὸν δ' ἂν ἦν ἡμῖν ἔτι περὶ τῆς πόλεως διαλεχθῆναι, εἰ μὴ προτέρα τῶν ἄλλων τὴν εἰρήνην ἐπεποίητο if she had not (as she has done) made peace before the rest, Isoc.5.56, cf. Pl.Ti. 21c.II with SUBJ., εἰ is regularly joined with ἄν ([dialect] Ep. κε, κεν), cf. ἐάν: Arc. εἰκαν in Tegean Inscrr. of iv B. C. (IG5(2).3.16, 31, 6.2, SIG306.34) should be understood as εἰκ ἄν (εἰ: εἰκ = οὐ: οὐκ), since εἰ δ' ἄν is also found in IG5(2).3.2, 6.45, and εἰκ alone, ib.3.21; but ἄν ([etym.] κε, κεν) are freq. absent in Hom. as Od.5.221, 14.373 (and cf. infr. 2), and Lyr., Pi. (who never uses εἰ with ἄν or κε ([etym.] ν)) P.4.266, al.; in dialects,αἰ δείλητ' ἀγχωρεῖν IG9(1).334.6
([dialect] Locr., v B. C.), cf. Foed.[dialect] Dor. ap. Th.5.79; rarely in Hdt.,εἰ μὴ ἀναβῇ 2.13
; occasionally in Trag., A.Eu. 234, S.OT 198 (lyr.), etc.; very rarely in [dialect] Att. Prose,εἰ ξυστῶσιν αἱ πόλεις Th.6.21
; : in later Prose,εἴ τις θελήσῃ Apoc.11.5
;εἰ φονεύῃ Plot.2.9.9
, cf. Procl. Inst.26.1 when the apodosis is [tense] fut., to express a future condition more distinctly and vividly than εἰ c. opt., but less so than εἰ c. [tense] fut. ind. (supr. 1.2a); εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἕρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' .. if thou do thus.., thou shalt know, Il.2.364, cf. 1.128, 3.281, Od.17.549;ἂν δέ τις ἀνθιστῆται, σὺν ὑμῖν πειρασόμεθα χειροῦσθαι X. An.7.3.11
; ἂν μὴ νῦν ἐθέλωμεν ἐκεῖ πολεμεῖν αὐτῷ, ἐνθάδ' ἴσως ἀναγκασθησόμεθα τοῦτο ποιεῖν if we be not now willing, D.4.50, cf. X.Cyr. 5.3.27: folld. by imper., ἢν εἰρήνης δοκῆτε δεῖσθαι, ἄνευ ὅπλων ἥκετε ib.3.2.13, cf. 5.4.30.2 when the apodosis is present, denoting customary or repeated action, to express a general condition, if ever, ἤν ποτε δασμὸς ἵκηται, σοὶ τὸ γέρας πολὺ μεῖζον (sc. ἐστί) whenever a division comes, your prize is (always) greater, Il.1.166; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death come near, E.Alc. 671; with ἄν omitted,εἴ περ γάρ τε χόλον.. καταπέψῃ ἀλλά.. ἔχει κότον Il.1.81
.b with Rhet. present in apodosis, ἐὰν μὴ οἱ φιλόσοφοι βασιλεύσωσιν, οὐκ ἔστι κακῶν παῦλα there is (i.e. can be, will be) no rest.., Pl.R. 473d.III with OPTATIVE (never with ἄν in early Gr., later ἐάν c. opt., Dam.Pr. 114, al.),1 to express a future condition less definitely than ἐάν c. subj., usu. with opt. with ἄν in apod., ἦ κεν γηθήσαι Πρίαμος Πριάμοιό τε παῖδες.. εἰ σφῶιν τάδε πάντα πυθοίατο μαρναμένοιιν surely they would exult, if they should hear.., Il.1.255, cf. 7.28, Od.3.223;εἴης φορητὸς οὐκ ἄν, εἰ πράσσοις καλῶς A.Pr. 979
;οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄν με ἐπαινοίη, εἰ ἐξελαύνοιμι τοὺς εὐεργέτας X.An.7.7.11
;οἶκος δ' αὐτός, εἰ φθογγὴν λάβοι, σαφέστατ' ἂν λέξειεν A.Ag.37
, etc.: [tense] fut. opt. is f.l. in Pl.Tht. 164a: with [tense] pres. ind. in apod., Xenoph.34.3, Democr.253: with [tense] fut.ind., Meliss.5.b in Hom.sts. with [tense] pres. opt., to express an unfulfilled present condition, εἰ μὲν νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ τὰ πρῶτα φεροίμην if we were now contending, etc., Il.23.274: rarely in Trag., εἰ μὴ κνίζοι ( = εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568; alsoεἰ ἀναγκαῖον εἴη ἀδικεῖν ἢ ἀδικεῖσθαι, ἑλοίμην ἂν μᾶλλον ἀδικεῖσθαι Pl.Grg. 469c
.2 when the apodosis is past, denoting customary or repeated action, to express a general condition in past time (corresponding to use of subj. in present time, supr. 11.2); once in Hom.,εἴ τίς με.. ἐνίπτοι, ἀλλὰ σὺ τόν γ'.. κατέρυκες Il.24.768
; εἰ δέ τινας θορυβουμένους αἴσθοιτο.., κατασβεννύναι τὴν ταραχὴν ἐπειρᾶτο if he should see ( whenever he saw) any troops in confusion, he (always) tried, X.Cyr.5.3.55, cf. An.4.5.13, Mem.4.2.40; εἴ τις ἀντείποι, εὐθὺς ἐτεθνήκει if any one made objection, he was a dead man at once, Th. 8.66;ἀλλ' εἴ τι μὴ φέροιμεν, ὤτρυνεν φέρειν E.Alc. 755
. For εἰ c. ind. in this sense v. supr. 1.1: ind. and opt. are found in same sentence,ἐμίσει, οὐκ εἴ τις κακῶς πάσχων ἠμύνετο, ἀλλ' εἴ τις εὐεργετούμενος ἀχάριστος φαίνοιτο X.Ages.11.3
.3 in oratio obliqua after past tenses, representing ἐάν c. subj. or εἰ with a primary (never an historical) tense of the ind. in oratio recta, ἐλογίζοντο ὡς, εἰ μὴ μάχοιντο, ἀποστήσοιντο αἱ πόλεις (representing ἐὰν μὴ μαχώμεθα, ἀποστήσονται) X.HG6.4.6, cf. D.21.104, X.HG5.2.2; ἔλεγεν ὅτι, εἰ βλαβερὰ πεπραχὼς εἴη, δίκαιος εἴη ζημιοῦσθαι (representing εἰ βλαβερὰ πέπραχε, δίκαιός ἐστι) ib.32, cf. An.6.6.25; εἰ δέ τινα φεύγοντα λήψοιτο, προηγόρευεν ὅτι ὡς πολεμίψ χρήσοιτο (representing εἴ τινα λήψομαι, χρήσομαι) Id.Cyr.3.1.3; also, where oratio obliqua is implied in the leading clause, οὐκ ἦν τοῦ πολέμου πέρας Φιλίππῳ, εἰ μὴ Θηβαίους.. ἐχθροὺς ποιήσειε τῇ πόλει, i.e. Philip thought there would be no end to the war, unless he should make.. (his thought having been ἐὰν μὴ ποιήσω), D.18.145;ἐβούλοντο γὰρ σφίσιν, εἴ τινα λάβοιεν, ὑπάρχειν ἀντὶ τῶν ἔνδον, ἢν ἄρα τύχωσί τινες ἐζωγρημένοι Th.2.5
.4 c. opt. with ἄν, only when the clause serves as apodosis as well as protasis, cf. Pl.Prt. 329b, D.4.18, X.Mem.1.5.3 (v.ἄν A. 111
. d).IV c. INF., in oratio obliqua, only in Hdt.,εἰ γὰρ δὴ δεῖν πάντως περιθεῖναι ἄλλῳ τέῳ τὴν βασιληΐην, [ἔφη] δικαιότερον εἶναι κτλ. 1.129
; , cf. 172, 3.105, 108.V after Verbs denoting wonder, delight, indignation, disappointment, contentment, and similar emotions, εἰ c. ind. is used instead of ὅτι, to express the object of the feeling in a hypothetical form, θαυμάζω εἰ μηδεὶς ὑμῶν μήτ' ἐνθυμεῖται μήτ' ὀργίζεται, ὁρῶν .. I wonder that no one of you is either concerned or angry when he sees.., D.4.43;οὐκ ἀγαπᾷ εἰ μὴ δίκην δέδωκεν, ἀλλ' εἰ μὴ καὶ χρυσῷ στεφάνῳ στεφανωθήσεται ἀγανακτεῖ Aeschin.3.147
: after past tenses,ἐθαύμασε δ' εἰ μὴ φανερόν ἐστιν X.Mem.1.1.13
;δεινὸν εἰσῄει, εἰ μὴ.. δόξει D.19.33
; ;οὐδὲ ᾐσχύνθη εἰ.. ἐπάγει D.21.105
: in oratio obliqua (expressed or implied) c. opt., ἐπεῖπεν ὡς δεινὸν (sc. εἴη)εἰ.. μεγαλόψυχος γένοιτο Aeschin.2.157
;ᾤκτιρον εἰ ἁλώσοιντο X.An.1.4.7
; ἐθαύμαζε δ' εἴ τις ἀρετὴν ἐπαγγελλόμενος ἀργύριον πράττοιτο he wondered that any one should demand money, Id.Mem.1.2.7; ἔχαιρον ἀγαπῶν εἴ τις ἐάσοι I rejoiced, being content if any one should let it pass, Pl.R. 450a:—in this use the neg. οὐ is also found, ; ;τέρας λέγεις, εἰ οὐκ ἂν δύναιντο λαθεῖν Pl.Men. 91d
, etc.VI in citing a fact as a ground of argument or appeal, as surely as, since, εἴ ποτ' ἔην γε if there was [as there was], i.e. as sure as there was such an one, Il.3.180, al.;εἰ τότε κοῦρος ἔα, νῦν αὖτέ με γῆρας ὀπάζει 4.321
; πολλοὺς γὰρ οἶκε εἶναι εὐπετέστερον διαβάλλειν ἢ ἕνα, εἰ Κλεομένεα μὲν μοῦνον οὐκ οἷός τε ἐγένετο διαβαλεῖν, τρεῖς δὲ μυριάδας Ἀθηναίων ἐποίησε τοῦτο it seems easier to deceive many than one, if (as was the fact, i.e. since) he was not able.., Hdt.5.97, cf. 1.60,al.VII ELLIPTICAL CONSTRUCTIONS:1 with apodosis implied in the context, εἰ having the force of in case, supposing that, πρὸς τὴν πόλιν, εἰ ἐπιβοηθοῖεν, ἐχώρουν they marched towards the city [so as to meet the citizens], in case they should rush out, Th.6.100; ἱκέται πρὸς σὲ δεῦρ' ἀφίγμεθα, εἴ τινα πόλιν φράσειας ἡμῖν εὔερον we have come hither to you, in case you should tell us of some fleecy city (i.e. that we might hear of it), Ar.Av. 120; παρέζεο καὶ λαβὲ γούνων, αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι sit by him and grasp his knees [so as to persuade him], in case he be willing to help the Trojans, Il.1.408, cf. 66, Od.1.94, 3.92; ἄκουσον καὶ ἐμοῦ, ἐάν σοι ἔτι ταὐτὰ δοκῇ hear me also [that you may assent], in case the same opinion please you, Pl.R. 358b; ἰδὲ δή, ἐάν σοι ὅπερ ἐμοὶ συνδοκῇ look now, in case you approve what I do, ib. 434a.2 with apodosis suppressed for rhetorical reasons, εἴ περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλῃσιν Ὀλύμπιος.. στυφελίξαι if he wish to thrust him away, [he will do so], Il.1.580; εἰ μὲν δώσουσι γέρας—· εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώωσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι if they shall give me a prize, [well and good]; but if they give not, then I will take one for myself, 1.135, cf. 6.150, Ar.Pl. 468; καὶ ἢν μὲν ξυμβῇ ἡ πεῖρα—· εἰ δὲ μή .. and if the attempt succeed, [well]; otherwise.., Th.3.3, cf. Pl.Prt. 325d.3 with the Verb of the protasis omitted, chiefly in the following expressions:a εἰ μή except,οὐδὲν ἄλλο σιτέονται, εἰ μὴ ἰχθῦς μοῦνον Hdt. 1.200
; μὰ τὼ θεώ, εἰ μὴ Κρίτυλλά γ' [εἰμί]—nay, if I'm not Critylla! i.e. I am, Ar.Th. 898; εἰ μὴ ὅσον except only,ἐγὼ μέν μιν οὐκ εἶδον, εἰ μὴ ὅσον γραφῇ Hdt.2.73
, cf. 1.45, 2.20;εἰ μὴ εἰ Th.1.17
, Pl.Grg. 480b, etc.; εἰ μή τι οὖν, ἀλλὰ σμικρόν γέ μοι τῆς ἀρχῆς χάλασον if nothing else, yet.., Id.Men. 86e; ironical,εἰ μὴ ἄρα ἡ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐπιμέλεια διαφθορά ἐστιν X.Mem.1.2.8
;εἰ μή πέρ γε τὸν ὑοσκύαμον χρήματα εἶναι φήσομεν Id.Oec.1.13
.b εἰ δὲ μή but if not, i.e. otherwise,προηγόρευε τοῖς Λαμψακηνοῖσι μετιέναι Μιλτιάδεα, εἰ δὲ μή, σφέας πίτυος τρόπον ἀπείλεε ἐκτρίψειν Hdt.6.37
, cf. 56; after μάλιστα μέν, Th.1.32,35, etc.:—after a preceding neg., μὴ τύπτ'· εἰ δὲ μή, σαυτόν ποτ' αἰτιάσει don't beat me; otherwise, you will have yourself to blame, Ar.Nu. 1433;ὦ Κῦρε, μὴ οὕτω λέγε· εἰ δὲ μή, οὐ θαρροῦντά με ἕξεις X.Cyr.3.1.35
;οὔτ' ἐν τῷ ὕδατι τὰ ὅπλα ἦν ἔχειν· εἰ δὲ μή Id.An.4.3.6
, cf. Th.1.28, 131, Pl.Phd. 91c.c εἰ δέ sts. stands forεἰ δὲ μή, εἰ μὲν βούλεται, ἑψέτω· εἰ δ', ὅτι βούλεται, τοῦτο ποιείτω Pl.Euthd. 285c
, cf. Smp. 212c; ;εἰ δ' οὕτως Arist.EN 1094a24
; εἰ δὲ τοῦτο and if so, Str.2.1.29.e εἴ τις if any, i. e. as much as or more than any,τῶν γε νῦν αἴ τις ἐπιχθονίων, ὀρθῶς B.5.5
;ὄτλον ἄλγιστον ἔσχον, εἴ τις Αἰτωλὶς γυνή S.Tr.8
, cf. OC 734; εἴ τις ἄλλος, siquis alius, E.Andr.6, etc.;εἴ τινες καὶ ἄλλοι Hdt.3.2
, etc.;εἴπερ τις ἄλλος Pl.R. 501d
; also κατ' εἰ δέ τινα τρόπον in any way, IG 5(2).6.27 ([place name] Tegea).f εἴ ποτε or εἴπερ ποτέ now if ever,ἡμῖν δὲ καλῶς, εἴπερ ποτέ, ἔχει.. ἡ ξυναλλαγή Th.4.20
, cf. Ar.Eq. 594;αἴ ποτα κἄλλοτα Alc.Supp.7.11
, cf. X.An.6.4.12, etc.; but in prayers,εἴ ποτέ τοι ἐπὶ νηὸν ἔρεψα.. τόδε μοι κρήηνον ἐέλδωρ Il.1.39
.g εἴ ποθεν (sc. δυνατόν ἐστι) if from any quarter, i.e. from some quarter or other, S.Ph. 1204 (lyr.); so εἴ ποθι somewhere, anywhere, Id.Aj. 885 (lyr.);εἴ που Od.4.193
.h εἴ πως ib. 388, X.An.2.3.11: in an elliptical sentence (cf. VII. 1),πρέσβεις πέμψαντες, εἴ πως πείσειαν Th.1.58
.VIII with other PARTICLES:1 for the distinction between καὶ εἰ (or καὶ ἐάν, or κἄν ) even if, and εἰ καί (or ἐὰν καί ) even though, v. καί:—the opposite of καὶ εἰ is οὐδ' εἰ, not even if; that of εἰ καί is εἰ μηδέ, if (although) not even.IX in neg. oaths, = Hebr. im, LXXPs.94(95).11, Ev.Marc.8.12, al.C IN INDIRECT QUESTIONS, whether, folld. by the ind., subj., or opt., according to the principles of oratio obliqua:1 with IND. after primary tenses, representing the same tense in the direct question, σάφα δ' οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ θεός ἐστιν whether he is a god, Il.5.183;εἰ ξυμπονήσεις.. σκόπει S.Ant.41
.2 with SUBJ. after primary tenses, representing a dubitative subj. in the direct question, τὰ ἐκπώματα οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ Χρυσάντᾳ τουτῳῒ δῶ whether I should give them, X.Cyr.8.4.16: sts. elliptical,ἐς τὰ χρηστήρια ἔπεμπε, εἰ στρατεύηται ἐπὶ τοὺς Πέρσας Hdt.1.75
.3 OPT. after past tenses, representing either of the two previous constructions in the direct question, ἤρετο εἴ τις ἐμοῦ εἴη σοφώτερος he asked whether any one was wiser than I (direct ἔστι τις σοφώτερος;), Pl.Ap. 21a;ἐπεκηρυκεύετο Πεισιστράτῳ, εἰ βούλοιτό οἱ τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα Hdt.1.60
: rarely [tense] aor. opt. for the [tense] aor. ind., ἠρώτων αὐτὸν εἰ ἀναπλεύσειεν I asked him whether he had set sail (direct ἀνέπλευσας;), D.50.55: but [tense] aor. opt. usually represents [tense] aor. subj., τὸν θεὸν ἐπήροντο εἰ παραδοῖεν Κορινθίοις τὴν πόλιν.. καὶ τιμωρίαν τινὰ πειρῷντ' ἀπ' αὐτῶν ποιεῖσθαι they asked whether they should deliver their city to the Corinthians, and should try.., Th.1.25:—in both constructions the ind. or subj. may be retained, ψῆφον ἐβούλοντο ἐπαγαγεῖν εἰ χρὴ πολεμεῖν ib. 119; ἐβουλεύοντο εἴτε κατακαύσωσιν.. εἴτε τι ἄλλο χρήσωνται whether they should burn them or should dispose of them in some other way, Id.2.4; ἀνακοινοῦσθαι αὐτὸν αὑτῷ εἰ δῷ ἐπιψηφίσαι τοῖς προέδροις [he said that] he consulted him whether he should give.., Aeschin.2.68.4 with OPT. and ἄν when this was the form of the direct question, ἠρώτων εἰ δοῖεν ἂν τούτων τὰ πιστά they asked whether they would give (direct δοιήτε ἄν;), X.An.4.8.7.5 the NEG. used with εἰ in indirect questions is οὐ, when οὐ would be used in the direct question, ἐνετέλλετο.. εἰρωτᾶν εἰ οὔ τι ἐπαισχύνεται whether he is not ashamed, Hdt.1.90, etc.; but if μή would be required in the direct form, it is retained in the indirect, οὐ τοῦτο ἐρωτῶ, ἀλλ' εἰ τοῦ μὲν δικαίου μὴ ἀξιοῖ πλέον ἔχειν μηδὲ βούλεται ὁ δίκαιος, τοῦ δὲ ἀδίκου (the direct question would be μὴ ἀξιοῖ μηδὲ βούλεται; he does not see fit nor wish, does he?) Pl.R. 349b:—in double indirect questions, εἴτε.. εἴτε.. ; εἰ.. εἴτε.. ; εἴτε.. ἢ .., either οὐ or μή can be used in the second clause, ; ; εἰ ἀληθὲς ἢ μή, πειράσομαι μαθεῖν ib. 339a;πολλὰ ἂν περιεσκέψω, εἴτε ἐπιτρεπτέον εἴτε οὔ·.. οὐδένα λόγον οὐδὲ συμβουλὴν ποιῇ, εἴτε χρὴ ἐπιτρέπειν σαυτὸν αὐτῷ εἴτε μή Id.Prt. 313a
, 313b;ἀνάγκη τὴν ἐμὴν μητέρα, εἴτε θυγάτηρ ἦν Κίρωνος εἴτε μή, καὶ εἰ παρ' ἐκείνῳ διῃτᾶτο ἢ οὔ, καὶ γάμους εἰ διττοὺς ὑπὲρ ταύτης εἱστίασεν ἢ μὴ.. πάντα ταῦτα εἰδέναι τοὺς οἰκέτας Is.8.9
; τοὺς νόμους καταμανθάνειν εἰ καλῶς κεῖνται ἢ μή.. τοὺς λόγους εἰ ὀρθῶς ὑμᾶς διδάσκουσιν ἢ οὔ Antipho 5.14.
Страницы
См. также в других словарях:
Object Process Methodology — (OPM) is an approach to designing information systems by depicting them using object models and process models. OPM was conceived and developed by Prof. Dov Dori, at the Technion – Israel Institute of Technology. A paper that first presented… … Wikipedia
Object Verb Subject — (OVS) or Object Verb Agent (OVA) is one of the permutations of expression used in linguistic typology, although it is rare among languages in general. OVS denotes the sequence Object Verb Subject in unmarked expressions: Oranges ate Sam , Thorns… … Wikipedia
Object-oriented analysis and design — (OOAD) is a software engineering approach that models a system as a group of interacting objects. Each object represents some entity of interest in the system being modeled, and is characterised by its class, its state (data elements), and its… … Wikipedia
Case grammar — is a system of linguistic analysis, focusing on the link between the valence of a verb and the grammatical context it requires, created by the American linguist Charles J. Fillmore in (1968), in the context of Transformational Grammar. This… … Wikipedia
Object Management Group — Formation 1989 Headquarters Needham, Massachusetts Website … Wikipedia
Object-oriented modeling — (OOM), also called object oriented programming (OOP) is a modeling paradigm mainly used in computer programming. Prior to the rise of OOM, the dominant paradigm was procedural programming, which emphasized the use of discrete reusable code blocks … Wikipedia
Object-Oriented Modeling — Object Oriented Modeling, or OOM, is a modeling paradigm mainly used in computer programming. Prior to the rise of OOM, the dominant paradigm was functional programming, which emphasized the use of discreet reusable code blocks that could stand… … Wikipedia
Object Action Interface — Object Action Interface, also abbreviated as OAI, is an extension to the Graphical User Interface, especially related to Direct Manipulation User Interface. It emphasises upon how Direct Manipulation User Interface (DMUI) can help to create… … Wikipedia
Object 279 — Object 279, Kubinka tank museum (2008) Type Heavy tank Place of origin … Wikipedia
Object Pascal — Семантика: императивная Класс языка: мультипарадигмальный: императивный, структурный, объектно ориентированный, обобщённый[1], процедурный Тип исполнения: компилируемый … Википедия
Object-Oriented Software Construction — … Wikipedia
